]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
tree-wide: "<n>bit" → "<n>-bit"
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 254 in spe:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
8 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
9 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
10 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
11 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
12 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
13
14 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
15 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
16 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
17 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
18 details, see:
19 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
20
21 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
22 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
23 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
24
25 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
26 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
27 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
28 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
29
30 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
31 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
32 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
33 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the the drawback
34 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
35 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
36
37 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
38 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
39 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
40 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
41 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
42 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
43 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
44
45 Security Relevant Changes:
46
47 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
48 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
49 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
50 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
51 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
52 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
53 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
54 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
55 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
56 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
57 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
58 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
59 users.
60
61 Service Manager:
62
63 * "Startup" memory settings are now supported. Previously IO and CPU
64 settings were already supported via StartupCPUWeight= and similar.
65 The same logic has been added for the various per-unit memory
66 settings StartupMemoryMax= and related.
67
68 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
69 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
70 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
71 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
72 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
73 via the new --kill-value= option.
74
75 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
76 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
77 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
78
79 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
80 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
81 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
82 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
83
84 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
85 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
86 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
87
88 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
89 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
90 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
91 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
92 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
93 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
94 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
95 guest.
96
97 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
98 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
99 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
100 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
101 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
102 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snaphots, if available.
103
104 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
105 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
106 intervals for Restart=.
107
108 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
109 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
110 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
111
112 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
113 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
114 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
115
116 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
117 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
118 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
119 the service manager.
120
121 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
122 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
123 store enabled.
124
125 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
126 allows tuning the life-cycle of the per-service file descriptor
127 store. If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even
128 after the service has been fully stopped.
129
130 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
131 a service.
132
133 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
134 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
135 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
136
137 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
138 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
139 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
140 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
141 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
142 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
143 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
144 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
145 now handled by PID 1.
146
147 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
148 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
149 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
150 dependencies.
151
152 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
153 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
154 a unit is enabled.
155
156 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
157 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
158 the default timeout for .device units.
159
160 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
161 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
162 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
163 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
164 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
165 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
166 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
167 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
168 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
169 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
170 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
171 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
172 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. Moreover,
173 it is possible to allow specific crucial services to survive the
174 reboot process, if they run off a separate root file system (i.e. use
175 RootDirectory= or RootImage=, or are portable services). This new
176 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
177 command.
178
179 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
180 same-page merging individually for services.
181
182 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
183 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
184 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
185
186 Journal:
187
188 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
189 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
190 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
191 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
192 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
193
194 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
195 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
196 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
197
198 systemd-repart:
199
200 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
201 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
202
203 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
204 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
205
206 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
207 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
208 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
209 devices and device mapper or not.
210
211 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
212 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
213 ext4.
214
215 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
216 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
217 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
218 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
219 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
220
221 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
222
223 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
224 main block device the root file system is backed by. It's useful for
225 invocations such as "cfdisk $(bootctl -R)" to quickly show the
226 partition table of the running OS.
227
228 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
229 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
230 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
231 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
232 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
233 TPM PCR 12.
234
235 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
236 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
237 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
238 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
239
240 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
241 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
242 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
243 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
244 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
245 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
246 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
247 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
248 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
249 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
250 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
251 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
252 well.
253
254 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
255 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
256
257 * ukify gained a new "genkey" verb for generating a set of of key pairs
258 to sign UKIs and their PCR data with.
259
260 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
261 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
262 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
263 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
264 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
265 of the same name.
266
267 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
268 combine kernel/initrd locally into an UKI and optionally sign them
269 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
270 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
271 built and signed by the vendor.)
272
273 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
274 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
275
276 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
277 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
278
279 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
280 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
281 software-emulated).
282
283 Memory Pressure & Control:
284
285 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
286 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
287 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
288 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
289 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
290 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
291 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
292 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
293 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
294 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
295 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
296 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
297 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
298 from this.
299
300 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
301 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
302 logic individually. If these options are used, the
303 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
304 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
305 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
306 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
307
308 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
309 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
310 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
311 call requires privileges.
312
313 User & Session Management:
314
315 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
316 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
317 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
318 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
319 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
320 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
321 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
322
323 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
324 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
325 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
326 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
327 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
328
329 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
330 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
331 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
332 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
333 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
334 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
335 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
336
337 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
338 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
339 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
340 for which a TTY is added later.
341
342 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
343 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
344 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
345 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
346 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
347 be specified.
348
349 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
350 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
351 also show the current idle state of sessions.
352
353 DDIs:
354
355 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
356 inspected DDI.
357
358 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
359 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
360 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
361 information and all other DDI features.
362
363 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
364
365 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
366 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
367 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
368 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
369
370 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
371 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
372 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
373 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
374 impact.
375
376 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
377 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
378 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
379 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
380 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
381 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
382 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
383 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
384 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
385 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
386 disk images a service runs off.
387
388 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
389 parse image policy strings.
390
391 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
392 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
393 image policy allows the DDI.
394
395 Network Management:
396
397 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
398 InheritInnerProtocol=.
399
400 Device Management:
401
402 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
403 offline.
404
405 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
406 /dev/loop/by-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
407 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
408 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new
409 switch --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback
410 block device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and
411 can subsequently be referenced by that without first having to look
412 up the block device name the caller ended up with.
413
414 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
415 /dev/loop/by-ref/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields of the
416 inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that attaching
417 a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle available to
418 be found via that file's inode information.
419
420 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
421 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
422 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
423
424 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
425
426 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
427 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
428 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
429 recommendations of TCG (see
430 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
431
432 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
433 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
434
435 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
436 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
437 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
438 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
439 volume.
440
441 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
442 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
443 of veracrypt volumes.
444
445 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
446 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
447 direct) for the volume.
448
449 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
450 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
451
452 systemd-tmpfiles:
453
454 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
455 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
456 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
457 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
458
459 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
460 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
461 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
462 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
463 target tree and those copied in.
464
465 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
466 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
467
468 systemd-notify:
469
470 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
471 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
472 explicit name for it).
473
474 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
475 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
476 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
477 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
478 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=ready.
479
480 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
481
482 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
483 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
484 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
485
486 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
487 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
488 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
489 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
490 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
491 purposes.
492
493 systemd-resolved:
494
495 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
496 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
497 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
498 servers cannot be reached. This can be sued to make name resolution
499 more resilient in case of network problems.
500
501 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
502 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb comunicates with the
503 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
504
505 Other:
506
507 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
508 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
509
510 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
511 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
512 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
513 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
514 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
515 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
516 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
517 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
518
519 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
520 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
521 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
522 .network, .netdev, .link files.
523
524 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
525 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
526 Landlock.
527
528 * New documentation has been added:
529
530 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
531 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
532
533 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
534 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
535
536 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
537 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
538 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
539 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
540 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
541 images into a single immutable tree.
542
543 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
544 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
545 network interface inside the container.
546
547 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
548 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
549 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
550 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
551 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
552 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
553 status to the host, similar to local processes.
554
555 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
556 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
557 lines.
558
559 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
560 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
561 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
562 mode.
563
564 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
565 mount options by default.
566
567 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
568 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
569 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab.
570
571 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
572 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
573 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
574 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
575 directories are automatically discovered.
576
577 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
578 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
579 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
580 suspend or hibernation.
581
582 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
583 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
584 the OS.
585
586 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
587 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
588 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
589 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
590 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
591
592 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
593 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
594 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
595
596 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
597 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
598 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
599 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
600 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
601 10s delay.
602
603 CHANGES WITH 253:
604
605 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
606
607 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
608 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
609 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
610 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
611 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
612 userspace has been ported over already.
613
614 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
615 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
616 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
617 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
618 For more details, see:
619 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
620
621 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
622 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
623 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
624 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
625 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
626 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
627 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
628 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
629 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
630 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
631 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
632 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
633 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
634 later this year. For more details, see:
635 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
636
637 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
638
639 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
640 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
641 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
642 environment is not fully supported.
643
644 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
645 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
646 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
647
648 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
649 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
650
651 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
652 of newline-separated JSON objects.
653
654 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
655 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
656 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
657 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
658 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
659 no effect for most users.
660
661 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
662 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
663 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
664 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
665 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
666 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
667 manager is also enabled and used.
668
669 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
670 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
671 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
672 option.
673
674 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
675 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
676 integer as parameter instead of a string.
677
678 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
679 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
680 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
681 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
682 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
683 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
684 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
685 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
686 support and fixes.
687
688 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
689 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
690 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
691 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
692 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
693 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
694
695 New components:
696
697 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
698 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
699 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
700 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
701 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
702 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
703 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
704 image.
705
706 Changes in systemd and units:
707
708 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
709 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
710 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
711 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
712 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
713 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
714 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
715
716 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
717 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
718
719 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
720 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
721 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
722 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
723 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
724
725 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
726 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
727 used).
728
729 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
730 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
731 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
732 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
733 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
734 from units.
735
736 * The manager has a new
737 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
738 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
739 PID recycling issues.
740
741 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
742 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
743 terminating some processes in the scope.
744
745 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
746 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
747
748 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
749 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
750 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
751 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
752 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
753 request is received over D-Bus.
754
755 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
756 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
757 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
758 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
759 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
760
761 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
762 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
763 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
764 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
765 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
766 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
767 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
768 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
769
770 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
771 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
772 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
773 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
774 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
775 socket.
776
777 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
778 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
779 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
780 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
781
782 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
783 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
784 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
785 Defaults to 5.
786
787 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
788 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
789
790 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
791 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
792 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
793 user units respectively.
794
795 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
796 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
797 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
798 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
799 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
800 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
801 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
802 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
803 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
804 are used.)
805
806 Changes in udev:
807
808 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
809 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
810 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
811 in some embedded systems.
812
813 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
814 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
815
816 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
817 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
818 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
819 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
820
821 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
822 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
823
824 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
825 that are being renamed.
826
827 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
828
829 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
830 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
831 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
832 started.
833
834 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
835 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
836 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
837 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
838
839 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
840 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
841 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
842 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
843
844 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
845 field-separated hashing scheme.
846
847 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
848 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
849 used.
850
851 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
852 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
853 into the firmware.
854
855 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
856 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
857 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
858 behaviour.
859
860 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
861 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
862 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
863 a virtual machine.
864
865 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
866 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
867 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
868 boot load at all.
869
870 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
871 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
872 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
873
874 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
875 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
876 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
877 UKIs.
878
879 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
880 as for kernel-install.
881
882 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
883 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
884 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
885
886 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
887 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
888
889 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
890 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
891 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
892 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
893 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
894 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
895
896 Changes in kernel-install:
897
898 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
899 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
900 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
901 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
902 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
903 separately.
904
905 Changes in systemctl:
906
907 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
908 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
909 --reboot-argument= option instead.
910
911 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
912 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
913 silences this warning.
914
915 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
916 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
917 used.)
918
919 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
920
921 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
922
923 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
924 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
925 comments.
926
927 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
928
929 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
930 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
931 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
932 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
933 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
934 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
935 of the raw socket bypass.
936
937 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
938 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
939 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
940 advertisements (RAs).
941
942 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
943 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
944 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
945
946 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
947 interface names.
948
949 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
950 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
951 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
952 It is enabled by default.
953
954 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
955 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
956 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
957
958 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
959
960 Changes in systemd-dissect:
961
962 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
963 all files and directories in a DDI.
964
965 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
966 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
967
968 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
969 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
970 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
971 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
972
973 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
974 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
975 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
976 disk images.
977
978 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
979 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
980
981 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
982 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
983
984 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
985 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
986 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
987 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
988 system busy.
989
990 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
991 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
992 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
993 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
994 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
995 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
996 size among the other DDI information in its output.
997
998 Changes in systemd-repart:
999
1000 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
1001 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
1002 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
1003 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
1004 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
1005 hash of the root partition).
1006
1007 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
1008 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
1009 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
1010 populating it.
1011
1012 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
1013 sector size should be used when an image is created.
1014
1015 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
1016 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
1017
1018 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
1019 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
1020 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
1021
1022 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
1023 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
1024 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
1025 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
1026 available.)
1027
1028 Changes in journal tools:
1029
1030 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
1031 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
1032 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
1033 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
1034 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
1035 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
1036
1037 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
1038 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
1039 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
1040 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
1041 installation scripts.
1042
1043 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
1044 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
1045 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
1046
1047 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
1048 components:
1049
1050 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
1051 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
1052 password was strictly required to be specified.
1053
1054 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
1055 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
1056 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
1057 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
1058 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
1059
1060 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
1061 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
1062 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
1063 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
1064 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1065
1066 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
1067 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
1068
1069 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
1070 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
1071 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
1072 specified via root=.
1073
1074 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
1075 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15. New
1076 service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
1077 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
1078 these switches during early boot.
1079
1080 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
1081 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
1082
1083 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
1084 making it harder to brute-force.
1085
1086 Changes in other tools:
1087
1088 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
1089 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
1090
1091 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
1092 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
1093 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
1094 systemd-homed formats a file system.
1095
1096 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
1097 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
1098 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
1099 unprivileged code to access those values.
1100
1101 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
1102 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
1103 this to show the status of the installed system.
1104
1105 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
1106 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
1107 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
1108 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
1109
1110 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
1111 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
1112 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
1113 synchronization via NTP.
1114
1115 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
1116 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
1117 increases in subsequent boots.
1118
1119 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
1120 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
1121 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
1122 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
1123
1124 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
1125 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
1126 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
1127 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
1128 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
1129 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
1130 standard location.
1131
1132 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
1133 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
1134 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
1135
1136 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
1137 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
1138 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
1139 127.0.0.54 is returned.
1140
1141 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
1142 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
1143 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
1144 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
1145
1146 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
1147 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
1148 --no-legend options have been added.
1149
1150 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
1151 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
1152
1153 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
1154 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
1155
1156 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
1157
1158 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
1159 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
1160 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
1161 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
1162 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
1163 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
1164
1165 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
1166 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
1167 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
1168 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
1169
1170 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
1171
1172 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
1173 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
1174
1175 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
1176 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
1177 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
1178 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
1179 does not need the output value.
1180
1181 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
1182 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
1183 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
1184 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
1185 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
1186 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
1187
1188 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
1189 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1190 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1191 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
1192 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1193
1194 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
1195 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
1196 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
1197
1198 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
1199 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
1200 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
1201 environment.
1202
1203 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
1204 virtualization is now detected.
1205
1206 Changes in the build system:
1207
1208 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
1209 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
1210
1211 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
1212 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
1213 supply.
1214
1215 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
1216
1217 Changes in the documentation:
1218
1219 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
1220 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
1221 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
1222
1223 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
1224 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
1225 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
1226 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
1227 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
1228 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
1229 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
1230 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
1231 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
1232 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
1233 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
1234 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
1235 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
1236 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
1237 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
1238 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
1239 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
1240 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
1241 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
1242 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
1243 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
1244 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
1245 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
1246 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
1247 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
1248 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
1249 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
1250 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
1251 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
1252 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1253 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
1254 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
1255 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
1256 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
1257 наб
1258
1259 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
1260
1261 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
1262
1263 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
1264
1265 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
1266 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
1267 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
1268 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
1269 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
1270 userspace has been ported over already.
1271
1272 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
1273 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
1274 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
1275 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
1276 For more details, see:
1277 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1278
1279 Compatibility Breaks:
1280
1281 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
1282 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
1283 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
1284 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
1285 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
1286 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
1287 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
1288 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
1289 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
1290 change.
1291
1292 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
1293 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
1294 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
1295 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
1296 already have been updated or removed.
1297
1298 New Features:
1299
1300 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
1301 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
1302 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
1303 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
1304 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
1305 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
1306 kernel.
1307
1308 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
1309 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
1310 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
1311 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
1312 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
1313 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
1314 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
1315 the booted UKI to gain access.
1316
1317 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
1318 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
1319 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
1320 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
1321 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
1322 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
1323
1324 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
1325 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
1326 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
1327 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
1328 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
1329 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
1330 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
1331 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
1332
1333 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
1334 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
1335 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
1336 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
1337 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
1338 initrd, but not later.)
1339
1340 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
1341
1342 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
1343 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
1344 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
1345 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
1346 the CPU.
1347
1348 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
1349 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
1350 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
1351 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
1352 release.
1353
1354 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
1355
1356 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
1357 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
1358 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
1359
1360 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
1361 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
1362 provided.
1363
1364 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
1365
1366 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
1367 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
1368 file.
1369
1370 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
1371 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
1372 activate.
1373
1374 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
1375 configured.
1376
1377 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
1378 SMBIOS fields. For example
1379
1380 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
1381
1382 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
1383 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
1384 quotes).
1385
1386 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
1387 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
1388 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
1389
1390 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
1391 associated service unit, if any.
1392
1393 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
1394 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
1395 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
1396 unsealed only in the initrd.
1397
1398 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
1399 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
1400
1401 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
1402 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
1403 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
1404 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
1405 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
1406 the host system as expected.
1407
1408 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
1409 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
1410 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
1411 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
1412
1413 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
1414 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
1415 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
1416
1417 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
1418 unmounted lazily.
1419
1420 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
1421 of file systems.
1422
1423 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
1424 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
1425 in the future.
1426
1427 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
1428 activating.
1429
1430 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
1431 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
1432 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
1433 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
1434
1435 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
1436 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
1437
1438 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
1439 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
1440 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
1441 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
1442 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
1443 than for behaviour decisions.
1444
1445 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
1446 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
1447
1448 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
1449 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
1450 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
1451
1452 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1453
1454 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
1455 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
1456 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
1457 the main specification.
1458
1459 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
1460 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
1461 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
1462 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
1463
1464 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
1465 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
1466 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
1467
1468 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
1469 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
1470
1471 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
1472 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
1473 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
1474 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
1475 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
1476 the stub was executed.
1477
1478 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
1479 is now supported by sd-boot.
1480
1481 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
1482 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
1483 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
1484 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
1485 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
1486
1487 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
1488 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
1489
1490 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
1491 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
1492 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
1493 to detect and warn about this.
1494
1495 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
1496 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
1497 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
1498
1499 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
1500 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
1501 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
1502 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
1503
1504 Changes in the hardware database:
1505
1506 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
1507
1508 Changes in systemctl:
1509
1510 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
1511 and 'status' verbs.
1512
1513 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
1514 points.
1515
1516 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
1517 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
1518 which operates relative to some directory).
1519
1520 Changes in systemd-networkd:
1521
1522 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
1523 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
1524
1525 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
1526 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
1527
1528 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
1529 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
1530
1531 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
1532 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
1533 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
1534 interface is being serviced.
1535
1536 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
1537
1538 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
1539
1540 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
1541
1542 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
1543 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
1544 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
1545
1546 Changes in systemd-resolved:
1547
1548 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
1549 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
1550 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
1551 restarted at any point.
1552
1553 * systemd-resolved now exposes a varlink socket at
1554 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
1555 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
1556 any clients connected to this socket.
1557
1558 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
1559
1560 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
1561 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
1562 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
1563
1564 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
1565 is still supported.)
1566
1567 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
1568
1569 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
1570 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
1571 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
1572 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
1573 string arrays).
1574
1575 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
1576 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
1577 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
1578 object.
1579
1580 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
1581 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
1582 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
1583
1584 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
1585 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
1586 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
1587
1588 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
1589 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
1590 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
1591
1592 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
1593 database given an explicit path to the file.
1594
1595 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
1596 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
1597 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
1598 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
1599 manually.
1600
1601 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
1602 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
1603 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
1604
1605 Changes in other components:
1606
1607 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
1608 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
1609
1610 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
1611 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
1612 'dpkg --compare-versions').
1613
1614 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
1615 names to limit the output to matching units.
1616
1617 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
1618 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
1619 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
1620 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
1621
1622 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
1623 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
1624 already exists.
1625
1626 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
1627 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
1628 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
1629
1630 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
1631 lines.
1632
1633 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
1634 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
1635
1636 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
1637 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
1638
1639 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
1640 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
1641
1642 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
1643 user when their system will become unsupported.
1644
1645 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
1646 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
1647 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
1648 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
1649
1650 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
1651 setting is unknown to the kernel.
1652
1653 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
1654 verbs.
1655
1656 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
1657 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
1658
1659 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
1660 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
1661 time delta between subsequent messages.
1662
1663 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
1664 of journal files.
1665
1666 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
1667 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
1668 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
1669
1670 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
1671 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
1672 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
1673 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
1674 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
1675 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
1676 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
1677
1678 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
1679 combination with --scope.
1680
1681 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
1682 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
1683 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
1684 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
1685 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
1686 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
1687 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
1688 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
1689 appropriate.
1690
1691 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
1692 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
1693 symlink.
1694
1695 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
1696 too.
1697
1698 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
1699 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
1700 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
1701 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
1702 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
1703
1704 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
1705 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
1706
1707 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
1708 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
1709 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
1710 split dm-verity artifacts.
1711
1712 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
1713 signatures.
1714
1715 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
1716 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
1717
1718 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
1719
1720 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
1721 now more compact.
1722
1723 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
1724
1725 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
1726
1727 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
1728 killed.
1729
1730 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
1731
1732 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
1733 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
1734
1735 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
1736 session after a preconfigure timeout.
1737
1738 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
1739 rather than indefinitely.
1740
1741 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
1742 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
1743 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
1744
1745 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
1746 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
1747 build can be reproducible.
1748
1749 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
1750 --initialized=no.
1751
1752 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
1753 "alias" fields for the device.
1754
1755 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
1756 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
1757
1758 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
1759
1760 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
1761 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
1762
1763 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
1764 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
1765 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
1766 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
1767 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
1768 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
1769 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
1770 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
1771 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
1772 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
1773
1774 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
1775
1776 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
1777 graphic cards.
1778
1779 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
1780 device is used as a keyfile.
1781
1782 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
1783 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
1784 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
1785 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
1786
1787 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
1788 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
1789 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
1790
1791 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
1792 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
1793
1794 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
1795 to MIT-0.
1796
1797 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
1798 /etc/machine-id.
1799
1800 Experimental features:
1801
1802 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
1803 and bpftool >= 7.0).
1804
1805 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
1806 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
1807 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
1808 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
1809 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
1810
1811 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
1812 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
1813 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
1814 tandem with the kernel.
1815
1816 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
1817 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
1818 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
1819 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
1820 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
1821 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
1822 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
1823 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
1824 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
1825 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
1826 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
1827 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
1828 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
1829 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
1830 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
1831 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
1832 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
1833 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
1834 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
1835 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
1836 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
1837 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
1838 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
1839 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
1840 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
1841 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
1842 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
1843 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
1844 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
1845 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
1846 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
1847 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
1848 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
1849 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
1850 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
1851 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
1852 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
1853 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
1854 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
1855 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
1856 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
1857 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
1858 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
1859 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
1860 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
1861 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
1862 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
1863 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
1864
1865 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
1866
1867 CHANGES WITH 251:
1868
1869 Backwards-incompatible changes:
1870
1871 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
1872 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
1873
1874 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
1875 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
1876
1877 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
1878 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
1879 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
1880 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
1881 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
1882 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
1883
1884 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
1885 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
1886 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
1887
1888 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
1889 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
1890 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
1891 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
1892 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
1893 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
1894 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
1895
1896 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
1897 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
1898 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
1899 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
1900 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
1901 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
1902 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
1903 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
1904 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
1905 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
1906 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
1907 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
1908 systems, there should be no visible changes.
1909
1910 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
1911 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
1912 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
1913 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
1914 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
1915 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
1916 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
1917 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
1918 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
1919 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
1920 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
1921 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
1922
1923 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
1924 of pcap.
1925
1926 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
1927 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
1928 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
1929 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
1930
1931 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
1932
1933 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
1934 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
1935 It is apparently used by the linker now.
1936
1937 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
1938 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
1939 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
1940
1941 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
1942 to account for this change.
1943
1944 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
1945 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
1946 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
1947
1948 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
1949
1950 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
1951 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
1952 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
1953 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
1954 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
1955 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
1956 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
1957 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
1958 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
1959 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
1960 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
1961 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
1962 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
1963 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
1964 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
1965 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
1966
1967 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
1968 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
1969 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
1970 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
1971 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
1972
1973 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
1974 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
1975 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
1976 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
1977 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
1978 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
1979
1980 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
1981 systemd-boot boot loader.
1982
1983 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
1984 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
1985 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
1986 allows choosing different initrd generators.
1987
1988 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
1989 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
1990 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
1991 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
1992 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
1993 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
1994 prepared successfully.
1995
1996 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
1997 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
1998 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
1999 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
2000 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
2001 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
2002
2003 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
2004 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
2005 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
2006 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
2007
2008 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
2009 paths and other settings used.
2010
2011 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
2012 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
2013 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
2014
2015 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
2016 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
2017 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
2018 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
2019 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
2020
2021 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
2022 menu entries in JSON format.
2023
2024 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
2025 omit output with the new option --quiet.
2026
2027 Changes in systemd-homed:
2028
2029 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
2030 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
2031 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
2032 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
2033 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
2034 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
2035 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
2036 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
2037 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
2038 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
2039 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
2040 uses, see:
2041
2042 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
2043
2044 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
2045 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
2046 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
2047 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
2048 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
2049 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
2050 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
2051 context of the local system.
2052
2053 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
2054 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
2055 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
2056 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
2057 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
2058 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
2059 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
2060 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
2061 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
2062
2063 Changes in shared libraries:
2064
2065 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
2066 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
2067 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
2068 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
2069
2070 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
2071 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
2072 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
2073 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
2074 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
2075 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
2076 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
2077 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
2078 the library.
2079
2080 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
2081 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
2082 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
2083
2084 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
2085 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
2086 object from a device node name or file system path.
2087
2088 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
2089 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
2090 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
2091 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
2092 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
2093 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
2094 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
2095 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
2096
2097 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
2098
2099 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
2100 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
2101 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
2102 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
2103 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
2104 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
2105
2106 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
2107 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
2108 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
2109 disk image files.)
2110
2111 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
2112
2113 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
2114 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
2115 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
2116 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
2117 manager.
2118
2119 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
2120
2121 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
2122 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
2123 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
2124
2125 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
2126 systemd-oomd.
2127
2128 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
2129 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
2130 unit files.
2131
2132 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
2133 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
2134
2135 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
2136 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
2137
2138 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
2139 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
2140 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
2141 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
2142 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
2143 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
2144 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
2145 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
2146
2147 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
2148 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
2149 Condition*= settings.
2150
2151 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
2152 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
2153
2154 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
2155 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
2156 assign to each cgroup.
2157
2158 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
2159 devices and the associated governor, via the new
2160 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
2161 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
2162
2163 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
2164 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
2165
2166 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
2167 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
2168 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
2169
2170 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
2171 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
2172 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
2173 range
2174
2175 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
2176 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
2177 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
2178 been completed.
2179
2180 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
2181 environment variables set describing the execution context a
2182 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
2183 system service manager, or from the per-user service
2184 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
2185 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
2186 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
2187 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
2188 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
2189 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
2190 kernel is built for.
2191
2192 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
2193 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
2194 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
2195 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
2196 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
2197 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
2198 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
2199 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
2200 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
2201 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
2202 this way can be turned off via the new
2203 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
2204
2205 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
2206 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
2207 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
2208 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
2209 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
2210 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
2211 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
2212 up automatically.
2213
2214 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
2215 document:
2216
2217 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
2218
2219 Changes in systemd-journald:
2220
2221 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
2222 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
2223
2224 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
2225
2226 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
2227 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
2228
2229 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
2230 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
2231
2232 Changes in udev:
2233
2234 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
2235 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
2236 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
2237 default.
2238
2239 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
2240 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
2241
2242 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
2243 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
2244
2245 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
2246 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
2247 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
2248 initialized yet, respectively.
2249
2250 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
2251 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
2252 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
2253 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
2254 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
2255
2256 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
2257 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
2258 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
2259 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
2260
2261 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
2262 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
2263
2264 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
2265 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
2266
2267 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
2268 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
2269 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
2270 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
2271 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
2272 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
2273 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
2274 the one in the symlink path.
2275
2276 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
2277
2278 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
2279 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
2280 only supported in .network files.
2281
2282 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
2283 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
2284
2285 Changes in systemd-networkd:
2286
2287 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
2288 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
2289 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
2290 still honored.
2291
2292 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
2293 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
2294 up.
2295
2296 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
2297 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
2298
2299 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
2300 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
2301
2302 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
2303 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
2304
2305 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
2306
2307 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
2308 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
2309 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
2310 address.
2311
2312 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
2313 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
2314 mode).
2315
2316 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
2317 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
2318
2319 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
2320 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
2321 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
2322 PXE boot).
2323
2324 Changes in systemd-resolved:
2325
2326 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
2327 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
2328 there.
2329
2330 Changes in disk encryption:
2331
2332 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
2333 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
2334 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
2335
2336 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
2337
2338 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
2339 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
2340 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
2341
2342 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
2343 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
2344 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
2345
2346 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
2347
2348 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
2349 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
2350
2351 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
2352 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
2353 hostnamed.
2354
2355 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
2356 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
2357 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
2358 firmware version of the system.
2359
2360 Changes in other components:
2361
2362 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
2363 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
2364 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
2365 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
2366 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
2367
2368 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
2369 list of known users.
2370
2371 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
2372 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
2373 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
2374
2375 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
2376 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
2377
2378 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
2379 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
2380 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
2381 a device found.
2382
2383 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
2384 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
2385 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
2386 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
2387 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
2388 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
2389 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
2390
2391 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
2392 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
2393 $TERM).
2394
2395 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
2396 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
2397 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
2398 $ meson build systemd-boot
2399 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
2400 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
2401
2402 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
2403 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
2404 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
2405 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
2406 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
2407
2408 Experimental features:
2409
2410 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
2411 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
2412 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
2413 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
2414 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
2415 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
2416 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
2417 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
2418 compatibility with the current implementation.
2419
2420 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
2421 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
2422 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
2423 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
2424
2425 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
2426 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
2427 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
2428 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2429 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
2430 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
2431 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
2432 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
2433 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
2434 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
2435 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2436 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
2437 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
2438 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
2439 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2440 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
2441 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
2442 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
2443 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2444 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
2445 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
2446 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
2447 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
2448 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
2449 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
2450 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
2451 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
2452 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
2453 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
2454 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
2455 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
2456 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
2457 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
2458 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2459 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
2460 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
2461 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
2462
2463 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
2464
2465 CHANGES WITH 250:
2466
2467 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
2468 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
2469 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
2470 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
2471 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
2472 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
2473 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
2474 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
2475 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
2476 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
2477 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
2478
2479 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
2480 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
2481 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
2482 installation or hardware.
2483
2484 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
2485 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
2486
2487 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
2488 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
2489 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
2490 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
2491 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
2492 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
2493 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
2494
2495 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
2496 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
2497 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
2498 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
2499 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
2500 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
2501 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
2502 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
2503 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
2504 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
2505 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
2506 drop-in file mechanism).
2507
2508 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
2509 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
2510 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
2511 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
2512 service, or attached as system extension.
2513
2514 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
2515 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
2516 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
2517 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
2518 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
2519
2520 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
2521 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
2522 are supported.
2523
2524 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
2525 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
2526 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
2527 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
2528 systemd-binfmtd is running.
2529
2530 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
2531 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
2532 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
2533 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
2534 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
2535 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
2536 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
2537 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
2538 does not trigger any operation by default.
2539
2540 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
2541 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
2542 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
2543 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
2544 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
2545 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
2546 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
2547 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
2548
2549 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
2550 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
2551 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
2552 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
2553 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
2554
2555 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
2556 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
2557 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
2558 request this behavior.
2559
2560 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
2561 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
2562 time-out for the boot.
2563
2564 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
2565 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
2566 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
2567 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
2568 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
2569 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
2570 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
2571 system services or the managers themselves.
2572
2573 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
2574 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
2575 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
2576 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
2577 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
2578 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
2579 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
2580 group handles).
2581
2582 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
2583 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
2584
2585 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
2586 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
2587 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
2588 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
2589 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
2590 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
2591 vs. CPUWeight.
2592
2593 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
2594 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
2595 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
2596 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
2597 during boot and shutdown.
2598
2599 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
2600 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
2601 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
2602 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
2603 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
2604 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
2605
2606 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
2607 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
2608
2609 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
2610 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
2611
2612 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
2613 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
2614
2615 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
2616 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
2617 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
2618 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
2619 variable passed to invoked processes.
2620
2621 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
2622 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
2623 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
2624
2625 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
2626 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
2627 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
2628 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
2629 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
2630 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
2631 names.
2632
2633 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
2634 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
2635 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
2636 dimensions to a virtual machine.
2637
2638 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
2639 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
2640 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
2641 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
2642 cgroup instead.
2643
2644 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
2645 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
2646 mounting the autofs instance.
2647
2648 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
2649 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
2650 during build-time.
2651
2652 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
2653 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
2654 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
2655 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
2656 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
2657 socket units.
2658
2659 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
2660 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
2661 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
2662
2663 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
2664 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
2665 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
2666 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
2667 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
2668 trust as SHA256 banks.
2669
2670 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
2671 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
2672 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
2673 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
2674
2675 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
2676 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
2677 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
2678 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
2679 instead.
2680
2681 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
2682 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
2683 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
2684 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
2685
2686 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
2687 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
2688 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
2689 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
2690 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
2691 root partition.
2692
2693 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
2694 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
2695 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
2696 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
2697 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
2698 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
2699
2700 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
2701 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
2702 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
2703 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
2704 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
2705
2706 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
2707 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
2708
2709 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
2710 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
2711
2712 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
2713 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
2714 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
2715 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
2716 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
2717 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
2718 and how to trigger it.
2719
2720 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
2721 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
2722 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
2723 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
2724 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
2725 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
2726 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
2727 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
2728 batteries.
2729
2730 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
2731 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
2732 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
2733 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
2734 against abnormal system shutdown.
2735
2736 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
2737 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
2738 directory/image instead of on the host.
2739
2740 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
2741 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
2742 actually is.
2743
2744 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
2745 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
2746 or recursively any dependent units.
2747
2748 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
2749 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
2750 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
2751 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
2752 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
2753 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
2754 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
2755 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
2756 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
2757 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
2758 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
2759
2760 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
2761
2762 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
2763 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
2764 "filesystems" commands.
2765
2766 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
2767 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
2768 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
2769 through them.
2770
2771 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
2772 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
2773 including the build-id and other info described on:
2774 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
2775
2776 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
2777 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
2778 interfaces.
2779
2780 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
2781 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
2782
2783 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
2784 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
2785 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
2786 CAN timing quanta.
2787
2788 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
2789 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
2790 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
2791 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
2792 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
2793 CAN interface.
2794
2795 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
2796 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
2797 addresses.
2798
2799 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
2800 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
2801 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
2802
2803 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
2804 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
2805 DHCP 6RD option.
2806
2807 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
2808 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
2809 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
2810
2811 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
2812 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
2813
2814 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
2815 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
2816 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
2817
2818 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
2819 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
2820 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
2821 records.
2822
2823 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
2824 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
2825 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
2826 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
2827 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
2828
2829 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
2830 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
2831 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
2832 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
2833 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
2834 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
2835 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
2836 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
2837
2838 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
2839 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
2840
2841 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
2842 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
2843 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
2844
2845 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
2846 setting to specify the router address.
2847
2848 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
2849 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
2850 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
2851 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
2852
2853 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
2854 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
2855 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
2856 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
2857 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
2858
2859 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
2860 interfaces has been improved.
2861
2862 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
2863 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
2864 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
2865 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
2866
2867 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
2868 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
2869 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
2870
2871 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
2872 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
2873 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
2874
2875 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
2876 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
2877 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
2878 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
2879
2880 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
2881 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
2882 hardware supports.
2883
2884 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
2885 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
2886
2887 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
2888 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
2889 that supports this.
2890
2891 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
2892 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
2893 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
2894 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
2895 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
2896 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
2897 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
2898
2899 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
2900 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
2901 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
2902 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
2903 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
2904 the performance win is beneficial.
2905
2906 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
2907 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
2908
2909 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
2910 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
2911 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
2912 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
2913 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
2914 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
2915 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
2916 taken to shift them manually.
2917
2918 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
2919 show the Windows version.
2920
2921 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
2922 build-time.
2923
2924 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
2925 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
2926 resolutions and save the last selection.
2927
2928 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
2929 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
2930 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
2931 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
2932
2933 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
2934 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
2935 items).
2936
2937 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
2938 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
2939 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
2940 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
2941 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
2942
2943 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
2944 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
2945 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
2946
2947 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
2948 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
2949 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
2950 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
2951 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
2952
2953 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
2954 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
2955 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
2956 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
2957 kernel image.
2958
2959 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
2960 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
2961
2962 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
2963 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
2964 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
2965 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
2966 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
2967 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
2968 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
2969 credentials, see above).
2970
2971 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
2972 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
2973 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
2974
2975 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
2976 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
2977 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
2978 Specification Type #2.
2979
2980 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
2981 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
2982 non-x86 architectures.
2983
2984 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
2985 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
2986 or just the subsequent boot).
2987
2988 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
2989 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
2990 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
2991 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
2992 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
2993 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
2994 layout specified in
2995 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
2996 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
2997 values for this variable.
2998
2999 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
3000 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
3001 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
3002 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
3003 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
3004 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
3005 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
3006 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
3007 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
3008 machine-id.
3009
3010 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
3011 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
3012 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
3013 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
3014 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
3015 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
3016 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
3017 without conflict.
3018
3019 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
3020 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
3021 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
3022 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
3023 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
3024 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
3025 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
3026 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
3027 installations that use the bls layout.
3028
3029 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
3030
3031 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
3032 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
3033 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
3034 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
3035 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
3036 attached under a wrong name this way.
3037
3038 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
3039 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
3040 default 'add').
3041
3042 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
3043 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
3044
3045 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
3046 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
3047 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
3048 be accessible to regular users.
3049
3050 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
3051 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
3052 they point (front or back).
3053
3054 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
3055 added to hwdb.
3056
3057 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
3058 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
3059
3060 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
3061 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
3062 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
3063 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
3064 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
3065 sources to introduce new named schemes.
3066
3067 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
3068 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
3069
3070 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
3071 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
3072 support).
3073
3074 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
3075 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
3076 --cgroup-id= switches.)
3077
3078 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
3079 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
3080
3081 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
3082 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
3083 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
3084
3085 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
3086 forked, sandboxed process.
3087
3088 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
3089 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
3090 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
3091 reason it was not tried again.
3092
3093 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
3094 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
3095 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
3096 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
3097 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
3098 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
3099
3100 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
3101 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
3102 homectl switch.
3103
3104 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
3105 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
3106 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
3107 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
3108 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
3109 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
3110 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
3111 system trees is no longer necessary.
3112
3113 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
3114 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
3115 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
3116
3117 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
3118 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
3119 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
3120 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
3121 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
3122 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
3123
3124 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
3125 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
3126 by default.
3127
3128 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
3129 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
3130 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
3131 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
3132 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
3133 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
3134
3135 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
3136 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
3137 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
3138 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
3139 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
3140 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
3141 precisely.
3142
3143 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
3144 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
3145 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
3146 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
3147 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
3148 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
3149 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
3150 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
3151 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
3152
3153 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
3154 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
3155 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
3156 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
3157 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
3158 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
3159 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
3160 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
3161 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
3162 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
3163 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
3164 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
3165
3166 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
3167 to use when outputting user or group records.
3168
3169 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
3170 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
3171 record resolution logic.
3172
3173 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
3174 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
3175 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
3176 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
3177 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
3178 other also configured in the command line.
3179
3180 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
3181 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
3182 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
3183 watch.
3184
3185 * The sd-event API gained a new function
3186 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
3187 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
3188 leaves the rate limiting phase.
3189
3190 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
3191 to port systemd to a new architecture:
3192
3193 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
3194
3195 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
3196 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
3197
3198 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
3199 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
3200 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
3201 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
3202 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
3203 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
3204 shutdown.
3205
3206 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
3207 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
3208 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
3209 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
3210 environments.
3211
3212 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
3213 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
3214 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
3215 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
3216 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
3217 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
3218 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
3219 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
3220 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
3221 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
3222 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
3223
3224 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
3225 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
3226 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
3227 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
3228
3229 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
3230 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
3231
3232 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
3233
3234 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
3235 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
3236 appropriate primary group.
3237
3238 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
3239
3240 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
3241
3242 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
3243 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
3244 work.
3245
3246 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
3247 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
3248
3249 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
3250 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
3251
3252 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
3253 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
3254
3255 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
3256 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
3257 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
3258 that have compression enabled.
3259
3260 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
3261 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
3262 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
3263 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
3264
3265 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
3266 messages.
3267
3268 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
3269 corruption.
3270
3271 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
3272 scheduled shutdown.
3273
3274 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
3275 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
3276 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
3277 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
3278
3279 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
3280 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
3281 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
3282 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
3283 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
3284 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3285 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
3286 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
3287 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
3288 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
3289 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
3290 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
3291 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
3292 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
3293 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
3294 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
3295 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
3296 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
3297 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
3298 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
3299 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
3300 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
3301 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
3302 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
3303 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
3304 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
3305 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
3306 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
3307 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
3308 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
3309 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
3310 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
3311 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
3312 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
3313 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
3314 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
3315 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
3316 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
3317 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
3318 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
3319 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
3320 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
3321 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
3322 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
3323 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3324 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3325
3326 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
3327
3328 CHANGES WITH 249:
3329
3330 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
3331 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
3332 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
3333 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
3334 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
3335 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
3336 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
3337 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
3338 a matching version identifier.
3339
3340 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
3341 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
3342 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
3343 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
3344 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
3345 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
3346 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
3347 during first boot. Example:
3348
3349 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
3350
3351 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
3352 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
3353 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
3354 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
3355 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
3356
3357 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
3358 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
3359 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
3360 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
3361 /etc/).
3362
3363 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
3364 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
3365 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
3366 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
3367
3368 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
3369 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
3370 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
3371 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
3372 systemd-sysusers tools.
3373
3374 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
3375 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
3376 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
3377 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
3378 itself.
3379
3380 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
3381 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
3382 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
3383 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
3384 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
3385 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
3386 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
3387 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
3388 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
3389 immediately, even in read-only mode.
3390
3391 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
3392 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
3393 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
3394 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
3395 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
3396
3397 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
3398 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
3399 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
3400 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
3401 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
3402
3403 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
3404 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
3405 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
3406 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
3407 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
3408 specifiers.
3409
3410 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
3411 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
3412 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
3413 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
3414
3415 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
3416 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
3417 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
3418 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
3419 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
3420 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
3421 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
3422 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
3423 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
3424 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
3425 information, see:
3426
3427 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
3428
3429 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
3430 (IEEE 1394).
3431
3432 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
3433 backwards-incompatible changes:
3434
3435 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
3436 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
3437 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
3438 number.
3439
3440 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
3441 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
3442 where values up to 65535 are used.
3443
3444 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
3445
3446 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
3447 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
3448 command line parameter.
3449
3450 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
3451 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
3452 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
3453
3454 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
3455 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
3456 the udev device first appeared in the database.
3457
3458 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
3459 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
3460 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
3461 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
3462 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
3463 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
3464 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
3465 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
3466 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
3467 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
3468 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
3469 uevent.
3470
3471 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
3472 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
3473 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
3474 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
3475 index.
3476
3477 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
3478 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
3479 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
3480 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
3481 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
3482 for that official:
3483
3484 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
3485
3486 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
3487 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
3488 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
3489 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
3490 services into them.
3491
3492 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
3493 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
3494 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
3495 available on private domains.
3496
3497 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
3498
3499 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
3500 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
3501 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
3502
3503 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
3504 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
3505 connectivity.
3506
3507 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
3508 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
3509 consider an interface "online".
3510
3511 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
3512 information.
3513
3514 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
3515 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
3516
3517 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
3518 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
3519
3520 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
3521 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
3522 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
3523 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
3524
3525 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
3526 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
3527 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
3528 before.
3529
3530 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
3531 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
3532 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
3533 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
3534
3535 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
3536 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
3537 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
3538
3539 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
3540 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
3541 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
3542 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
3543 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
3544 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
3545 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
3546
3547 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
3548 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
3549 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
3550 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
3551 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
3552 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
3553 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
3554 compatibility.)
3555
3556 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
3557 files.
3558
3559 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
3560 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
3561 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
3562 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
3563
3564 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
3565 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
3566 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
3567 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
3568 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
3569 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
3570
3571 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
3572 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
3573 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
3574 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
3575 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
3576 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
3577 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
3578 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
3579 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
3580 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
3581 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
3582 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
3583 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
3584 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
3585 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
3586
3587 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
3588
3589 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
3590 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
3591 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
3592 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
3593 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
3594 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
3595 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
3596
3597 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
3598 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
3599 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
3600 via BPF.
3601
3602 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
3603 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
3604 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
3605 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
3606
3607 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
3608 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
3609 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
3610 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
3611 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
3612 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
3613
3614 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
3615 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
3616 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
3617 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
3618 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
3619 program code that can consume JSON.
3620
3621 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
3622 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
3623
3624 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
3625 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
3626 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
3627 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
3628 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
3629 continue to be supported for compatibility.
3630
3631 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
3632 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
3633
3634 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
3635 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
3636 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
3637 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
3638 level.
3639
3640 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
3641 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
3642 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
3643 Type 1 boot loader entries.
3644
3645 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
3646 may be specified now.
3647
3648 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
3649 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
3650 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
3651 an interactive user is generally not present.
3652
3653 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
3654 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
3655 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
3656 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
3657 asterisks.)
3658
3659 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
3660 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
3661 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
3662 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
3663 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
3664 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
3665 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
3666 used FIDO2 token.
3667
3668 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
3669 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
3670 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
3671 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
3672 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
3673 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
3674 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
3675
3676 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
3677 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
3678 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
3679 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
3680 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
3681 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
3682 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
3683 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
3684 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
3685 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
3686 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
3687 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
3688 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
3689 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
3690 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
3691 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
3692 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
3693 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
3694 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
3695 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
3696 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
3697 privileges on the host).
3698
3699 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
3700 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
3701 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
3702
3703 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
3704 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
3705 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
3706 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
3707 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
3708 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
3709 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
3710 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
3711 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
3712
3713 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
3714 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
3715 user database lookups.
3716
3717 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
3718 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
3719 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
3720 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
3721 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
3722 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
3723 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
3724 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
3725 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
3726 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
3727 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
3728 is trivially simple.
3729
3730 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
3731 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
3732 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
3733 Journal records.
3734
3735 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
3736 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
3737 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
3738 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
3739 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
3740 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
3741 units that are members of a slice.
3742
3743 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
3744 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
3745 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
3746 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
3747
3748 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
3749 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
3750 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
3751 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
3752 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
3753 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
3754
3755 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
3756 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
3757 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
3758 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
3759 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
3760 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
3761 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
3762 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
3763 another unit that intends to uphold it.
3764
3765 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
3766 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
3767
3768 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
3769 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
3770 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
3771
3772 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
3773 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
3774 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
3775 characters literally.
3776
3777 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
3778 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
3779 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
3780 switch.
3781
3782 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
3783 the systemd source code tree:
3784
3785 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
3786
3787 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
3788 the initrd.
3789
3790 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
3791 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
3792 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
3793
3794 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
3795 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
3796 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
3797 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
3798
3799 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
3800 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
3801 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
3802 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
3803 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
3804 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
3805 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
3806 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
3807
3808 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
3809 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
3810
3811 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
3812 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
3813 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
3814 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
3815
3816 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
3817 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
3818 generation.
3819
3820 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
3821 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
3822 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
3823
3824 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
3825 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
3826
3827 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
3828 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
3829 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
3830
3831 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
3832 setting a network timeout time.
3833
3834 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
3835 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
3836 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
3837
3838 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
3839 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
3840 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
3841 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
3842 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
3843 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
3844 that.
3845
3846 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
3847 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
3848 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
3849 events in a short time window.
3850
3851 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
3852 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
3853 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
3854 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
3855 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
3856 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
3857 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
3858 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
3859 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
3860 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
3861 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
3862 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
3863 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
3864 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
3865 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
3866 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
3867 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
3868 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
3869 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
3870 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
3871 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
3872 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
3873 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
3874 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
3875 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
3876 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
3877 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
3878 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
3879 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
3880 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
3881 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
3882
3883 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
3884
3885 CHANGES WITH 248:
3886
3887 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
3888 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
3889 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
3890 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
3891 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
3892 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
3893
3894 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
3895 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
3896 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
3897
3898 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
3899 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
3900 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
3901
3902 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
3903 supported system extension level.
3904
3905 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
3906 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
3907 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
3908 constraints.
3909
3910 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
3911 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
3912 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
3913
3914 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
3915 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
3916 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
3917 similar to /etc/crypttab.
3918
3919 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
3920 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
3921
3922 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
3923 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
3924 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
3925 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
3926 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
3927
3928 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
3929 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
3930 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
3931 user.
3932
3933 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
3934 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
3935 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
3936 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
3937 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
3938 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
3939 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
3940 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
3941
3942 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
3943 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
3944 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
3945 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
3946 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
3947
3948 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
3949 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
3950 D-Bus properties.
3951
3952 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
3953 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
3954 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
3955 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
3956 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
3957 shows this in the status output.
3958
3959 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
3960 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
3961 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
3962 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
3963 the need for configuration in an external file.
3964
3965 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
3966 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
3967 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
3968
3969 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
3970 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
3971 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
3972
3973 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
3974 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
3975 them. See:
3976
3977 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
3978
3979 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
3980
3981 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
3982 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
3983 dependency.
3984
3985 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
3986 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
3987 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
3988
3989 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
3990 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
3991 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
3992 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
3993 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
3994 output and such.
3995
3996 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
3997 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
3998
3999 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
4000 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
4001
4002 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
4003 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
4004 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
4005 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
4006
4007 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
4008 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
4009 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
4010 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
4011
4012 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
4013 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
4014 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
4015
4016 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
4017 IPC namespace.
4018
4019 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
4020 generated from kernel lists exported on
4021 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
4022
4023 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
4024 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
4025 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
4026
4027 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
4028 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
4029 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
4030 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
4031
4032 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
4033 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
4034 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
4035
4036 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
4037 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
4038 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
4039 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
4040
4041 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
4042 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
4043
4044 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
4045 noexec for parts of the file system.
4046
4047 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
4048 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
4049 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
4050 systemctl and similar tools:
4051
4052 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
4053
4054 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
4055 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
4056 the host itself is connected to
4057
4058 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
4059
4060 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
4061 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
4062 parameter: the message to send.
4063
4064 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
4065 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
4066 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
4067
4068 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
4069 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
4070
4071 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
4072 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
4073
4074 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
4075 queue to be configured.
4076
4077 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
4078 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
4079 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
4080
4081 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
4082 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
4083 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
4084 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
4085 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
4086 .network files.
4087
4088 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
4089 switch to select the routing policy table.
4090
4091 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
4092 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
4093
4094 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
4095 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
4096 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
4097 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
4098 added.
4099
4100 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
4101 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
4102
4103 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
4104 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
4105
4106 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
4107 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
4108 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
4109 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
4110
4111 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
4112 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
4113 devices.
4114
4115 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
4116 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
4117 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
4118
4119 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
4120 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
4121 even a single device.
4122
4123 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
4124 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
4125 systems.
4126
4127 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
4128 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
4129
4130 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
4131 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
4132 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
4133 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
4134 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
4135
4136 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
4137 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
4138
4139 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
4140 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
4141 libfprint.
4142
4143 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
4144 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
4145 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
4146 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
4147 the upstream server.
4148
4149 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
4150 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
4151 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
4152 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
4153 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
4154 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
4155 anyway.
4156
4157 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
4158 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
4159 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
4160
4161 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
4162 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
4163 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
4164 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
4165 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
4166 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
4167 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
4168 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
4169 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
4170 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
4171 lookup.
4172
4173 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
4174 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
4175 capabilities passed to the container payload.
4176
4177 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
4178 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
4179 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
4180 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
4181 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
4182 IPv4-only).
4183
4184 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
4185 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
4186 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
4187
4188 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
4189 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
4190
4191 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
4192 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
4193 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
4194 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
4195 units.
4196
4197 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
4198 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
4199 operation, but it is still recommended.
4200
4201 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
4202 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
4203
4204 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
4205 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
4206
4207 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
4208 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
4209 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
4210
4211 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
4212 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
4213 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
4214
4215 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
4216 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
4217 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
4218 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
4219 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
4220 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
4221 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
4222 imported into the manager environment block.
4223
4224 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
4225 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
4226 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
4227
4228 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
4229 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
4230 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
4231 reloaded "↻".
4232
4233 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
4234 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
4235 a simple JSON format.
4236
4237 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
4238 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
4239 process signals and their numbers.
4240
4241 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
4242
4243 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
4244 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
4245
4246 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
4247 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
4248 colors are used in output.
4249
4250 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
4251 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
4252 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
4253 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
4254 disable this output again.
4255
4256 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
4257 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
4258 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
4259 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
4260
4261 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
4262 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
4263 recommended.
4264
4265 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
4266 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
4267 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
4268 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
4269 the keymap file first.
4270
4271 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
4272
4273 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
4274 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
4275 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
4276
4277 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
4278 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
4279 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
4280 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
4281
4282 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
4283 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
4284 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
4285 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
4286 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
4287 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
4288
4289 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
4290 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
4291 headers/legends.
4292
4293 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
4294 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
4295 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
4296 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
4297 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
4298 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
4299 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
4300 operations at a later step at once.
4301
4302 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
4303 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
4304 to regular strings.
4305
4306 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
4307 and measured the boot process into it.
4308
4309 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
4310 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
4311 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
4312 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
4313
4314 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
4315 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
4316 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
4317 it assigns the container a cgroup.
4318
4319 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
4320 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
4321
4322 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
4323 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
4324
4325 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
4326 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
4327 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
4328 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
4329 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
4330 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
4331 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
4332 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
4333 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
4334 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
4335 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
4336 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
4337 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
4338 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
4339 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
4340 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
4341 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
4342 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
4343 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
4344 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
4345 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
4346 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
4347 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
4348 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
4349 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
4350 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
4351 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
4352 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
4353 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
4354 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
4355 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
4356 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
4357 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
4358 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
4359 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
4360 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4361 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
4362
4363 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
4364
4365 CHANGES WITH 247:
4366
4367 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
4368 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
4369 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
4370 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
4371 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
4372 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
4373 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
4374 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
4375 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
4376 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
4377 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
4378 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
4379 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
4380 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
4381 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
4382
4383 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
4384 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
4385 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
4386 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
4387 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
4388 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
4389 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
4390 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
4391 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
4392 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
4393 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
4394 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
4395 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
4396 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
4397 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
4398
4399 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
4400 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
4401 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
4402 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
4403 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
4404 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
4405 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
4406 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
4407 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
4408 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
4409
4410 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
4411 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
4412 handle the new events. Specifically:
4413
4414 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
4415 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
4416 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
4417 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
4418 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
4419 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
4420 generated, for all other device types this change is still
4421 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
4422 future kernel uevent type additions).
4423
4424 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
4425 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
4426 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
4427 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
4428 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
4429 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
4430 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
4431 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
4432 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
4433 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
4434 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
4435 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
4436
4437 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
4438 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
4439 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
4440 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
4441 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
4442 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
4443 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
4444 above).
4445
4446 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
4447 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
4448 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
4449 behaviour change.
4450
4451 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
4452 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
4453 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
4454 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
4455 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
4456 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
4457 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
4458 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
4459 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
4460 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
4461 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
4462 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
4463 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
4464 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
4465 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
4466 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
4467 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
4468 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
4469 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
4470 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
4471 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
4472 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
4473 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
4474 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
4475 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
4476 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
4477
4478 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
4479 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
4480 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
4481 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
4482 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
4483
4484 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
4485 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
4486 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
4487 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
4488 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
4489 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
4490 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
4491 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
4492 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
4493 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
4494 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
4495 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
4496 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
4497
4498 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
4499 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
4500 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
4501 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
4502 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
4503 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
4504 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
4505 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
4506 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
4507 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
4508 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
4509 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
4510 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
4511 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
4512 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
4513 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
4514 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
4515 they now are optional during runtime.
4516
4517 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
4518 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
4519 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
4520 which installs absolute timers.
4521
4522 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
4523 mode, which may be controlled via the new
4524 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
4525 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
4526 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
4527 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
4528 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
4529 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
4530 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
4531 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
4532
4533 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
4534 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
4535 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
4536 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
4537 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
4538 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
4539 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
4540 dispatched).
4541
4542 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
4543 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
4544 the RootImage= setting.
4545
4546 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
4547 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
4548 to the service.
4549
4550 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
4551 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
4552 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
4553 different for different units).
4554
4555 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
4556 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
4557 options.
4558
4559 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
4560 --json= switch.
4561
4562 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
4563 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
4564 authentication request.
4565
4566 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
4567 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
4568 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
4569 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
4570 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
4571 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
4572 empty.
4573
4574 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
4575 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
4576 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
4577 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
4578 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
4579 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
4580 image to be applied onto the image.
4581
4582 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
4583 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
4584 in OS disk images.
4585
4586 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
4587 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
4588 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
4589 other output modes.
4590
4591 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
4592 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
4593 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
4594 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
4595
4596 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
4597 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
4598 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
4599 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
4600 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
4601 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
4602 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
4603 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
4604 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
4605 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
4606
4607 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
4608 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
4609 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
4610 recursively to whole subtrees.
4611
4612 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
4613 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
4614 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
4615 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
4616 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
4617 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
4618 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
4619 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
4620
4621 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
4622 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
4623 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
4624 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
4625 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
4626 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
4627 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
4628 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
4629 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
4630 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
4631 system asks for a password.
4632
4633 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
4634 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
4635 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
4636 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
4637 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
4638 up.
4639
4640 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
4641 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
4642 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
4643
4644 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
4645 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
4646 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
4647 virtualization.
4648
4649 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
4650 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
4651 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
4652 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
4653 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
4654 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
4655 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
4656 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
4657 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
4658 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
4659 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
4660 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
4661 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
4662 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
4663 directories:
4664
4665 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
4666
4667 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
4668 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
4669 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
4670
4671 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
4672 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
4673 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
4674 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
4675
4676 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
4677 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
4678
4679 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
4680 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
4681 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
4682 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
4683 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
4684 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
4685 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
4686 applications.
4687
4688 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
4689 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
4690 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
4691 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
4692 build time.
4693
4694 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
4695 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
4696 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
4697 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
4698 system call filter policy.
4699
4700 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
4701 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
4702 filtering is turned off.
4703
4704 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
4705 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
4706 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
4707 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
4708 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
4709 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
4710 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
4711 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
4712 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
4713
4714 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
4715 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
4716 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
4717 exited.
4718
4719 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
4720 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
4721
4722 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
4723 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
4724 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
4725 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
4726 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
4727 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
4728 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
4729 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
4730 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
4731 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
4732 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
4733 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
4734 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
4735 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
4736 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
4737 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
4738 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
4739 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
4740 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
4741 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
4742 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
4743 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
4744
4745 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
4746 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
4747 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
4748 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
4749 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
4750 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
4751 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
4752 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
4753 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
4754 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
4755 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
4756 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
4757 aforementioned service settings.
4758
4759 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
4760 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
4761 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
4762 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
4763 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
4764 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
4765 and populated — there is no time window where they are
4766 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
4767 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
4768 will start from the beginning.
4769
4770 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
4771 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
4772 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
4773 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
4774
4775 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
4776 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
4777 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
4778 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
4779 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
4780 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
4781 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
4782 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
4783 on, including in the initrd.
4784
4785 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
4786 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
4787 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
4788 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
4789
4790 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
4791 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
4792 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
4793 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
4794 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
4795
4796 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
4797 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
4798 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
4799 this property in its status output.
4800
4801 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
4802 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
4803 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
4804 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
4805 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
4806 more similarly to nss-resolve.
4807
4808 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
4809 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
4810 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
4811 ctime.
4812
4813 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
4814 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
4815
4816 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
4817 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
4818 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
4819 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
4820 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
4821 having to rebuild systemd.
4822
4823 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
4824 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
4825 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
4826 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
4827 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
4828 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
4829 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
4830 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
4831
4832 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
4833 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
4834 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
4835 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
4836 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
4837 hardlinks.
4838
4839 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
4840 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
4841 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
4842
4843 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
4844 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
4845 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
4846 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
4847
4848 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
4849 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
4850
4851 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
4852 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
4853 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
4854 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
4855 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
4856
4857 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
4858 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
4859 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
4860 compatibility).
4861
4862 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
4863 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
4864 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
4865 prefix will be assigned.
4866
4867 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
4868 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
4869 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
4870 The setting is enabled by default.
4871
4872 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
4873 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
4874
4875 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
4876 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
4877 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
4878 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
4879 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
4880 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
4881 debuggable.
4882
4883 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
4884 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
4885 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
4886 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
4887
4888 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
4889 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
4890
4891 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
4892 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
4893 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
4894 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
4895 environments where the root file system is
4896 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
4897 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
4898
4899 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
4900 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
4901 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
4902 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
4903 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
4904 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
4905 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
4906 later).
4907
4908 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
4909 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
4910 working with heavily threaded programs.
4911
4912 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
4913 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
4914 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
4915 desirable.
4916
4917 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
4918 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
4919 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
4920 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
4921 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
4922 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
4923
4924 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
4925 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
4926 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
4927 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
4928 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
4929
4930 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
4931 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
4932 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
4933 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
4934 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
4935 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
4936 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
4937 promises.
4938
4939 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
4940 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
4941 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
4942 promises.
4943
4944 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
4945 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
4946 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
4947 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
4948 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
4949 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
4950 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
4951 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
4952 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
4953
4954 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
4955 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
4956 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
4957 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
4958 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
4959 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
4960 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
4961 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
4962 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
4963
4964 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
4965 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
4966 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
4967 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
4968 like this.
4969
4970 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
4971 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
4972 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
4973 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
4974 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
4975 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
4976 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
4977 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
4978 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
4979
4980 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
4981 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
4982 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
4983 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
4984 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
4985 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
4986 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
4987 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
4988 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
4989 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
4990 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
4991 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
4992 appropriately.
4993
4994 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
4995 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
4996 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
4997 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
4998 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
4999 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
5000
5001 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
5002 contents in commented form in the text editor.
5003
5004 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
5005 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
5006 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
5007 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
5008 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
5009 protections for the different slices in the future.
5010
5011 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
5012 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
5013 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
5014 image dissection logic.
5015
5016 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
5017 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
5018 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
5019 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
5020 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
5021 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5022 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5023 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
5024 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
5025 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
5026 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
5027 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
5028 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
5029 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
5030 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
5031 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
5032 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
5033 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
5034 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
5035 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
5036 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
5037 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
5038 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
5039 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
5040 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
5041 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
5042 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
5043 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
5044 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
5045 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
5046 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
5047 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5048 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5049
5050 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
5051
5052 CHANGES WITH 246:
5053
5054 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
5055 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
5056 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
5057
5058 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
5059 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
5060
5061 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
5062 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
5063 based on the NUMA mask.
5064
5065 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
5066 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
5067 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
5068
5069 * Two new unit file settings
5070 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
5071 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
5072 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
5073 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
5074
5075 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
5076 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
5077 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
5078 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
5079 instance).
5080
5081 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
5082 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
5083 service's processes shall include.
5084
5085 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
5086 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
5087 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
5088 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
5089
5090 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
5091 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
5092 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
5093 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
5094 depending on socket type.
5095
5096 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
5097 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
5098 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
5099 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
5100 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
5101 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
5102 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
5103 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
5104 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
5105 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
5106
5107 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
5108 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
5109 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
5110 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
5111 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
5112 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
5113 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
5114 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
5115
5116 * .service unit files gained two new options
5117 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
5118 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
5119 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
5120
5121 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
5122 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
5123 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
5124 prefix is used.
5125
5126 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
5127 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
5128 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
5129 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
5130 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
5131 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
5132 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
5133 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
5134 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
5135 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
5136 key/certificate parameters support this now.
5137
5138 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
5139 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
5140 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
5141 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
5142 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
5143 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
5144
5145 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
5146 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
5147 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
5148 finally gone now.
5149
5150 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
5151 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
5152 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
5153 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
5154
5155 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
5156 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
5157 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
5158 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
5159 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
5160 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
5161 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
5162 which is quite likely a major security problem.
5163
5164 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
5165 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
5166 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
5167 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
5168 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
5169
5170 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
5171 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
5172 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
5173 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
5174 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
5175
5176 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
5177 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
5178 boot.
5179
5180 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
5181 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
5182 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
5183 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
5184 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
5185 device.
5186
5187 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
5188 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
5189 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
5190
5191 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
5192 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
5193 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
5194 conditions.
5195
5196 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
5197 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
5198 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
5199 in order to make test cases more reliable.
5200
5201 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
5202 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
5203 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
5204 the process that faulted.
5205
5206 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
5207 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
5208 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
5209
5210 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
5211 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
5212 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
5213 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
5214 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
5215
5216 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
5217 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
5218 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
5219 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
5220 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
5221
5222 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
5223 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
5224 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
5225 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
5226 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
5227
5228 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
5229 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
5230 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
5231 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
5232 frame ring buffer sizes.
5233
5234 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
5235 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
5236
5237 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
5238 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
5239
5240 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
5241 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
5242 automatically assigned to the interface.
5243
5244 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
5245 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
5246 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
5247 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
5248 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
5249 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
5250 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
5251 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
5252 mode for Assign=.
5253
5254 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
5255 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
5256 source addresses.
5257
5258 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
5259 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
5260 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
5261 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
5262 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
5263 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
5264 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
5265 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
5266 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
5267 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
5268
5269 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
5270 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
5271 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
5272 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
5273 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
5274 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
5275 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
5276
5277 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
5278 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
5279 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
5280 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
5281 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
5282 the RA packets suggest it.
5283
5284 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
5285 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
5286 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
5287 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
5288
5289 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
5290 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
5291 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
5292 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
5293 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
5294 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
5295 field.
5296
5297 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
5298 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
5299 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
5300 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
5301 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
5302 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
5303
5304 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
5305 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
5306
5307 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
5308 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
5309 the VLAN protocol to use.
5310
5311 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
5312 of the .network files, to control the link group.
5313
5314 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
5315 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
5316 link local address is generated.
5317
5318 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
5319 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
5320 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
5321 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
5322 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
5323 carefully picking an interface name to use.
5324
5325 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
5326 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
5327
5328 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
5329 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
5330
5331 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
5332 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
5333 are still understood to provide compatibility.
5334
5335 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
5336 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
5337 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
5338 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
5339 interfaces up or down.
5340
5341 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
5342 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
5343 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
5344 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
5345 interface may be specified (after "%").
5346
5347 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
5348 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
5349 public DNS servers are not used.
5350
5351 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
5352
5353 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
5354 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
5355 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
5356 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
5357 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
5358 defined by systemd-resolved).
5359
5360 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
5361 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
5362 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
5363
5364 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
5365 --property=…".
5366
5367 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
5368 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
5369 use --plain.
5370
5371 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
5372 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
5373 being deprecated in favor of this option.
5374
5375 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
5376 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
5377 process itself.
5378
5379 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
5380 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
5381 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
5382 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
5383 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
5384 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
5385 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
5386 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
5387 implementations.
5388
5389 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
5390 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
5391 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
5392 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
5393 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
5394 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
5395 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
5396 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
5397 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
5398
5399 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
5400 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
5401 initialization.
5402
5403 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
5404 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
5405 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
5406
5407 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
5408 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
5409 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
5410 without any decoration.
5411
5412 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
5413 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
5414 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
5415 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
5416 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
5417 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
5418
5419 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
5420 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
5421 coredump data from.
5422
5423 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
5424 the zstd algorithm.
5425
5426 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
5427 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
5428 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
5429 not block clean file system unmounting.
5430
5431 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
5432 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
5433 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
5434
5435 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
5436 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
5437 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
5438 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
5439
5440 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
5441 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
5442
5443 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
5444 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
5445 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
5446 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
5447 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
5448 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
5449 instead of operating on actual block devices.
5450
5451 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
5452 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
5453
5454 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
5455 instead of 0.
5456
5457 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
5458 specifier expansion.
5459
5460 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
5461 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
5462 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
5463 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
5464 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
5465
5466 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
5467 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
5468 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
5469 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
5470 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
5471
5472 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
5473 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
5474 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
5475 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
5476 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
5477 --fido2-device= option.
5478
5479 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
5480 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
5481 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
5482 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
5483 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
5484 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
5485 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
5486
5487 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
5488 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
5489 changed from ext2 to ext4.
5490
5491 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
5492 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
5493 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
5494 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
5495 before the system continues to boot.
5496
5497 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
5498 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
5499 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
5500 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
5501 instead of at installation time.
5502
5503 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
5504 volumes with automatically from files in
5505 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
5506 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
5507
5508 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
5509 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
5510
5511 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
5512 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
5513 instance.
5514
5515 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
5516 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
5517 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
5518 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
5519
5520 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
5521 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
5522
5523 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
5524 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
5525 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
5526 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
5527 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
5528 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
5529 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
5530 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
5531 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
5532 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
5533 incremental).
5534
5535 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
5536 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
5537 which it then operates.
5538
5539 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
5540 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
5541 directories for various resources.
5542
5543 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
5544 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
5545 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
5546 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
5547 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
5548 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
5549 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
5550 via the new --no-block switch.
5551
5552 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
5553 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
5554 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
5555 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
5556 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
5557 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
5558 case.
5559
5560 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
5561 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
5562 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
5563 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
5564
5565 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
5566 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
5567 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
5568 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
5569 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
5570
5571 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
5572 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
5573 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
5574 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
5575 vtable is associated with.
5576
5577 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
5578 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
5579 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
5580 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
5581
5582 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
5583 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
5584 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
5585
5586 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
5587
5588 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
5589 document the methods, signals and properties.
5590
5591 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
5592 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
5593 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
5594 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
5595 desktops has been added:
5596
5597 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
5598 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
5599 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
5600
5601 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
5602 and has now moved to:
5603
5604 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
5605
5606 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
5607 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
5608 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
5609 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
5610 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
5611 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
5612 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
5613
5614 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
5615 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
5616 target of the service during runtime.
5617
5618 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
5619 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
5620 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
5621
5622 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
5623 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
5624 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
5625 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
5626 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
5627 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
5628 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
5629 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
5630 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
5631 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
5632 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
5633 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5634 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
5635 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
5636 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
5637 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
5638 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
5639 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
5640 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
5641 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
5642 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
5643 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
5644 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
5645 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
5646 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
5647 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
5648 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
5649 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
5650 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
5651 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
5652 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
5653 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
5654 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
5655 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
5656 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
5657 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
5658 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5659 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
5660
5661 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
5662
5663 CHANGES WITH 245:
5664
5665 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
5666 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
5667 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
5668 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
5669 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
5670 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
5671 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
5672 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
5673 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
5674 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
5675 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
5676 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
5677 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
5678 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
5679 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
5680 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
5681 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
5682 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
5683 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
5684 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
5685 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
5686
5687 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
5688 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
5689 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
5690 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
5691 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
5692 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
5693 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
5694 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
5695 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
5696 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
5697 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
5698 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
5699 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
5700 that for the first time resource management and various other
5701 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
5702 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
5703 to apply on login. For further details see:
5704
5705 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
5706 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
5707 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
5708
5709 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
5710 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
5711 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
5712 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
5713 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
5714 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
5715 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
5716 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
5717 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
5718
5719 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
5720
5721 For further details about the format and expectations on home
5722 directories this new daemon makes, see:
5723
5724 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
5725
5726 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
5727 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
5728 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
5729 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
5730 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
5731 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
5732 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
5733 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
5734 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
5735 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
5736 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
5737 usage limitations and other settings.
5738
5739 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
5740 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
5741 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
5742 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
5743 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
5744 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
5745 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
5746 resource usage.
5747
5748 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
5749 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
5750
5751 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
5752 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
5753 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
5754 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
5755 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
5756
5757 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
5758 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
5759 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
5760 itself and the default for all other processes.
5761
5762 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
5763 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
5764 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
5765 database into account.
5766
5767 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
5768 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
5769 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
5770 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
5771
5772 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
5773 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
5774 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
5775 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
5776 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
5777 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
5778 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
5779 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
5780 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
5781 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
5782
5783 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
5784 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
5785 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
5786 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
5787 event source watching it is freed).
5788
5789 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
5790 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
5791 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
5792 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
5793
5794 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
5795 (IFB) network devices.
5796
5797 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
5798 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
5799
5800 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
5801 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
5802 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
5803 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
5804 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
5805 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
5806
5807 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
5808 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
5809 with its sense inverted.
5810
5811 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
5812 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
5813 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
5814
5815 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
5816 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
5817 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
5818
5819 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
5820 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
5821 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
5822 to be used.
5823
5824 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
5825 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
5826 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
5827 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
5828 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
5829 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
5830 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
5831
5832 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
5833 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
5834 debugging purposes.
5835
5836 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
5837 group named differently than the user.
5838
5839 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
5840 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
5841 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
5842
5843 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
5844 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
5845 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
5846 /etc/fstab.
5847
5848 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
5849 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
5850 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
5851 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
5852
5853 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
5854 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
5855 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
5856 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
5857
5858 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
5859 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
5860 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
5861 Bernard.
5862
5863 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
5864 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
5865 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
5866 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
5867 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
5868 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
5869 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
5870 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
5871 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
5872 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
5873 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
5874
5875 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
5876 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
5877 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
5878 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
5879 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
5880 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
5881 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
5882 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
5883 command line option.
5884
5885 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
5886 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
5887
5888 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
5889 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
5890 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
5891 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
5892 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
5893 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
5894 systemd-timedated.
5895
5896 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
5897 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
5898 GPT partition table types.
5899
5900 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
5901 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
5902 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
5903
5904 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
5905
5906 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
5907 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
5908 for the respective units.
5909
5910 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
5911 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
5912 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
5913
5914 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
5915 "status" output.
5916
5917 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
5918 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
5919 disappear.
5920
5921 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
5922 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
5923 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
5924 address is used.
5925
5926 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
5927 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
5928 dropped from the individual setting names.
5929
5930 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
5931 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
5932 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
5933 such files in version 243.
5934
5935 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
5936 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
5937 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
5938
5939 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
5940 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
5941 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
5942
5943 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
5944 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
5945 with stopping and disablement.
5946
5947 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
5948 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
5949 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
5950 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
5951 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
5952 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
5953 some internal systemd services (most notably
5954 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
5955 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
5956 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
5957 this systemd release. See
5958 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
5959 additional discussion.
5960
5961 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
5962 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
5963 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
5964 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
5965 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
5966 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
5967 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5968 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
5969 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
5970 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
5971 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
5972 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
5973 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
5974 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
5975 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
5976 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
5977 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
5978 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
5979 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
5980 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
5981 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
5982 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
5983 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
5984 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
5985 DONG
5986
5987 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
5988
5989 CHANGES WITH 244:
5990
5991 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
5992 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
5993 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
5994 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
5995
5996 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
5997 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
5998 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
5999 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
6000
6001 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
6002 units.
6003
6004 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
6005 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
6006 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
6007 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
6008 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
6009 set the EFI variable.
6010
6011 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
6012 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
6013 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
6014 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
6015 and overrides the systemd setting.
6016
6017 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
6018 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
6019 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
6020 effect.)
6021
6022 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
6023 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
6024 that affects all corresponding unit files.
6025
6026 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
6027 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
6028
6029 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
6030 the unit being shown.
6031
6032 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
6033 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
6034 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
6035 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
6036 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
6037
6038 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
6039 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
6040 which need to use them.
6041
6042 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
6043 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
6044 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
6045 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
6046 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
6047 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
6048 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
6049 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
6050 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
6051 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
6052
6053 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
6054 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
6055 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
6056 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
6057 security tokens that were used previously.
6058
6059 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
6060 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
6061 improve power saving with many more devices.
6062
6063 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
6064 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
6065 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
6066
6067 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
6068 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
6069 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
6070 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
6071 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
6072
6073 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
6074 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
6075 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
6076 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
6077 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
6078
6079 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
6080 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
6081
6082 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
6083 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
6084
6085 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
6086 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
6087 now supported.
6088
6089 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
6090 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
6091
6092 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
6093 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
6094 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
6095
6096 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
6097 received from the server.
6098
6099 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
6100 set.
6101
6102 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
6103 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
6104
6105 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
6106 using a new SendOption= setting.
6107
6108 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
6109 service type" value used by the client.
6110
6111 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
6112 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
6113
6114 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
6115 a new SendOption= setting.
6116
6117 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
6118 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
6119
6120 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
6121 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
6122
6123 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
6124 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
6125 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
6126
6127 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
6128 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
6129 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
6130 BSSID for wireless links.
6131
6132 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
6133 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
6134
6135 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
6136 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
6137
6138 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
6139 disciplines in the kernel using the new
6140 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
6141 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
6142 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
6143 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
6144
6145 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
6146
6147 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
6148 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
6149 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
6150 on its own).
6151
6152 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
6153 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
6154 of the present time.
6155
6156 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
6157 reproducible image builds easier).
6158
6159 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
6160 Specification.
6161
6162 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
6163 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
6164 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
6165 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
6166
6167 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
6168 is being used.
6169
6170 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
6171
6172 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
6173 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
6174 path as the system manager.
6175
6176 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
6177 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
6178 representation").
6179
6180 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
6181 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
6182 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
6183 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
6184 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
6185 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
6186 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
6187 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
6188
6189 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
6190 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
6191 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
6192 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
6193 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
6194 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
6195 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
6196 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
6197 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
6198 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
6199 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
6200 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
6201 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
6202 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
6203 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
6204 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
6205 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
6206 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
6207 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
6208 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
6209 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
6210 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
6211 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6212
6213 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
6214
6215 CHANGES WITH 243:
6216
6217 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
6218 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
6219 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
6220 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
6221 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
6222 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
6223 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
6224 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
6225
6226 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
6227 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
6228 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
6229 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
6230 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
6231 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
6232 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
6233 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
6234 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
6235 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
6236 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
6237 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
6238 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
6239 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
6240 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
6241 documentation.
6242
6243 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
6244 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
6245 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
6246 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
6247 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
6248 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
6249 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
6250 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
6251 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
6252 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
6253 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
6254 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
6255 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
6256 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
6257 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
6258 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
6259
6260 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
6261 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
6262 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
6263 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
6264
6265 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
6266 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
6267
6268 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
6269 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
6270 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
6271 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
6272 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
6273 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
6274 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
6275 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
6276 caught up with the kernel API changes.
6277
6278 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
6279 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
6280 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
6281 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
6282 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
6283 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
6284 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
6285 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
6286 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
6287 packagers.
6288
6289 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
6290 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
6291
6292 build/man/man systemctl
6293 build/man/html systemd.index
6294
6295 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
6296 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
6297
6298 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
6299 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
6300 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
6301 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
6302 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
6303 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
6304
6305 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
6306 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
6307 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
6308 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
6309 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
6310 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
6311 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
6312 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
6313 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
6314 unambiguously distinguished.
6315
6316 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
6317 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
6318 very rarely used.
6319
6320 To replace this functionality, users should:
6321 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
6322 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
6323 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
6324 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
6325 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
6326
6327 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
6328 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
6329 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
6330 interfaces should really be matched.
6331
6332 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
6333 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
6334 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
6335 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
6336 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
6337 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
6338
6339 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
6340 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
6341 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
6342 stop the whole unit.
6343
6344 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
6345 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
6346 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
6347 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
6348 generated whenever a unit stops.
6349
6350 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
6351 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
6352 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
6353 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
6354
6355 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
6356 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
6357 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
6358 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
6359 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
6360
6361 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
6362 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
6363 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
6364 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
6365 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
6366 programs set up externally.
6367
6368 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
6369 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
6370 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
6371 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
6372
6373 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
6374 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
6375 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
6376 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
6377 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
6378 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
6379 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
6380
6381 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
6382 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
6383 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
6384 as before.
6385
6386 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
6387 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
6388 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
6389 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
6390 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
6391 links on terminals that support that.
6392
6393 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
6394 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
6395 unmounted safely during shutdown.
6396
6397 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
6398
6399 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
6400 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
6401 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
6402 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
6403 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
6404 The default remains unchanged.
6405
6406 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
6407 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
6408
6409 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
6410 udev property.
6411
6412 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
6413 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
6414 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
6415
6416 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
6417 interfaces natively.
6418
6419 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
6420 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
6421 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
6422 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
6423
6424 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
6425 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
6426 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
6427 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
6428 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
6429 RELEASE message when terminating.
6430
6431 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
6432 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
6433
6434 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
6435 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
6436 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
6437 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
6438 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
6439 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
6440 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
6441
6442 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
6443 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
6444 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
6445 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
6446 added to the GENEVE support.
6447
6448 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
6449 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
6450 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
6451 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
6452 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
6453
6454 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
6455 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
6456 onto the network device.
6457
6458 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
6459 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
6460 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
6461 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
6462 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
6463
6464 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
6465 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
6466 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
6467
6468 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
6469 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
6470
6471 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
6472 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
6473
6474 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
6475 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
6476 statistics.
6477
6478 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
6479 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
6480 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
6481
6482 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
6483 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
6484
6485 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
6486 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
6487 specific udev properties.
6488
6489 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
6490 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
6491 "lo" as underlying device.
6492
6493 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
6494 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
6495 IP addresses, too.
6496
6497 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
6498 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
6499 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
6500 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
6501
6502 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
6503 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
6504 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
6505 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
6506
6507 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
6508 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
6509 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
6510
6511 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
6512 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
6513 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
6514
6515 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
6516
6517 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
6518 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
6519 does the same for recurring calendar events.
6520
6521 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
6522 durations as opposed to points in time).
6523
6524 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
6525 expressions.
6526
6527 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
6528 codes to their names and back.
6529
6530 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
6531 file paths and unit aliases.
6532
6533 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
6534 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
6535 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
6536 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
6537
6538 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
6539 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
6540 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
6541 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
6542 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
6543 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
6544 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
6545 udev rules for that purpose.
6546
6547 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
6548 a device to be initialized.
6549
6550 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
6551 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
6552 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
6553
6554 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
6555 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
6556 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
6557 with gcc's cleanup extension.
6558
6559 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
6560 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
6561 with printf().
6562
6563 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
6564 XML introspection data unmodified.
6565
6566 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
6567 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
6568 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
6569 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
6570
6571 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
6572 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
6573 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
6574 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
6575 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
6576 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
6577 configured to handle the watchdog.
6578
6579 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
6580 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
6581 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
6582
6583 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
6584 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
6585 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
6586
6587 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
6588 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
6589 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
6590 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
6591 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
6592
6593 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
6594 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
6595 review.
6596
6597 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
6598 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
6599
6600 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
6601 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
6602
6603 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
6604 failures to apply them are now ignored.
6605
6606 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
6607 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
6608 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
6609 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
6610
6611 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
6612 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
6613 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
6614 service.
6615
6616 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
6617 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
6618 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
6619 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
6620 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
6621 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
6622 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
6623 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
6624 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
6625 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
6626 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
6627 a seed was received from the boot loader.
6628
6629 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
6630
6631 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
6632 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
6633 above.
6634
6635 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
6636 installed.
6637
6638 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
6639 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
6640 bootloader entry).
6641
6642 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
6643 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
6644
6645 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
6646
6647 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
6648 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
6649 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
6650 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
6651 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
6652
6653 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
6654 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
6655 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
6656
6657 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
6658 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
6659
6660 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
6661 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
6662 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
6663
6664 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
6665 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
6666 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
6667 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
6668 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
6669 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
6670 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
6671 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
6672 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
6673 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
6674 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
6675 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
6676 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
6677 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
6678 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
6679 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
6680 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
6681 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
6682 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6683 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
6684 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
6685 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
6686 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
6687 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
6688 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
6689 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
6690 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
6691 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
6692 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
6693 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
6694
6695 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
6696
6697 CHANGES WITH 242:
6698
6699 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
6700 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
6701 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
6702 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
6703 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
6704 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
6705 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
6706
6707 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
6708 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
6709
6710 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
6711 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
6712 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
6713 may be used to view this.
6714
6715 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
6716 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
6717 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
6718 ```
6719 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
6720 [Match]
6721 Type=bridge
6722
6723 [Link]
6724 MACAddressPolicy=none
6725 ```
6726
6727 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
6728 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
6729 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
6730 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
6731 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
6732 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
6733 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
6734
6735 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
6736 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
6737
6738 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
6739 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
6740
6741 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
6742 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
6743
6744 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
6745 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
6746 is a USB peripheral).
6747
6748 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
6749 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
6750 measured.
6751
6752 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
6753 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
6754 have privileges to do so).
6755
6756 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
6757 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
6758 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
6759
6760 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
6761 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
6762 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
6763 namespace.
6764
6765 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
6766 in which case environment variable substitution is
6767 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
6768
6769 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
6770 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
6771 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
6772 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
6773 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
6774
6775 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
6776 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
6777 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
6778 installed CPU cores.
6779
6780 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
6781 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
6782 kernel 4.15.
6783
6784 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
6785 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
6786 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
6787 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
6788 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
6789
6790 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
6791 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
6792 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
6793
6794 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
6795 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
6796 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
6797 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
6798 enslaved devices is not operational.
6799
6800 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
6801 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
6802
6803 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
6804 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
6805 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
6806 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
6807 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
6808 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
6809
6810 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
6811 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
6812
6813 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
6814
6815 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
6816 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
6817 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
6818
6819 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
6820 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
6821
6822 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
6823 configure CAN triple sampling.
6824
6825 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
6826 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
6827
6828 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
6829 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
6830 details.
6831
6832 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
6833 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
6834 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
6835 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
6836 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
6837 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
6838
6839 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
6840
6841 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
6842 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
6843 controlling project quota inheritance.
6844
6845 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
6846 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
6847 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
6848 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
6849 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
6850 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
6851 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
6852 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
6853 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
6854 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
6855 partition.
6856
6857 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
6858 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
6859 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
6860 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
6861 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
6862
6863 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
6864 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
6865
6866 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
6867 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
6868 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
6869 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
6870 be used in production yet.
6871
6872 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
6873 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
6874 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
6875 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
6876 input, output, and error are set up.
6877
6878 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
6879
6880 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
6881 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
6882 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
6883
6884 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
6885 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
6886 the specified expression will elapse next.
6887
6888 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
6889 introspection data.
6890
6891 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
6892 the reboot() system call expects.
6893
6894 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
6895 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
6896 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
6897
6898 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
6899 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
6900 ConditionVirtualization=).
6901
6902 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
6903 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
6904 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
6905 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
6906 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
6907 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
6908 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
6909 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
6910 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
6911 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
6912 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
6913 during reboot with their own operations.
6914
6915 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
6916 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
6917 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
6918 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
6919
6920 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
6921 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
6922 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
6923 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
6924 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
6925
6926 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
6927 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
6928
6929 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
6930 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
6931 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
6932 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
6933 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
6934 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
6935 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
6936 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
6937 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
6938
6939 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
6940 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
6941 prohibited.
6942
6943 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
6944 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
6945 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
6946 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
6947 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
6948 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
6949 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
6950 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
6951
6952 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
6953 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
6954 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
6955 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
6956 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
6957 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
6958 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
6959 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
6960 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
6961 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
6962 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6963 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
6964 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
6965 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
6966 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
6967 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
6968 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
6969 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6970
6971 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
6972
6973 CHANGES WITH 241:
6974
6975 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
6976 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
6977 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
6978
6979 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
6980 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
6981 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
6982 include the package release information.
6983
6984 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
6985 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
6986 option.
6987
6988 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
6989 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
6990 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
6991
6992 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
6993 again.
6994
6995 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
6996 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
6997 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
6998 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
6999 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
7000 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
7001 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
7002 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
7003 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
7004 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
7005 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
7006 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
7007 installed .link files to *not* include it.
7008
7009 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
7010 "persistent", now works again as documented.
7011
7012 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
7013 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
7014
7015 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
7016 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
7017 used for side-channel attacks.
7018
7019 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
7020 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
7021 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
7022
7023 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
7024 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
7025 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
7026 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
7027 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
7028 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
7029
7030 fs.protected_regular = 0
7031 fs.protected_fifos = 0
7032
7033 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
7034 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
7035
7036 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
7037 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
7038 POSIX shells.
7039
7040 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
7041 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
7042
7043 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
7044 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
7045 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
7046 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
7047 points but otherwise empty.
7048
7049 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
7050 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
7051 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
7052
7053 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
7054 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
7055
7056 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
7057 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
7058
7059 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
7060 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
7061 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
7062 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
7063 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
7064 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
7065 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
7066 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
7067 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
7068 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7069 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7070 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
7071 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
7072 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
7073 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
7074 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7075 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
7076
7077 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
7078
7079 CHANGES WITH 240:
7080
7081 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
7082 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
7083 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
7084 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
7085 an SELinux policy update is required.
7086 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
7087
7088 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
7089 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
7090 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
7091 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
7092 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
7093 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
7094 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
7095 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
7096 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
7097 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
7098
7099 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
7100 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
7101 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
7102 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
7103 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
7104 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
7105 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
7106 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
7107 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
7108 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
7109 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
7110 the search path.
7111
7112 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
7113 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7114 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
7115 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
7116 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
7117 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
7118 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
7119 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
7120 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
7121 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
7122 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
7123 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
7124 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
7125 start job.
7126
7127 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
7128 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
7129 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
7130 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
7131 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
7132 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
7133 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
7134 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
7135 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
7136 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
7137
7138 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
7139 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
7140 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
7141 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
7142 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
7143 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
7144 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
7145 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
7146 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
7147 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
7148 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
7149 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
7150 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
7151 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
7152 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
7153 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
7154 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
7155 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
7156 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
7157 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
7158 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
7159 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
7160 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
7161 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
7162 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
7163 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
7164 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
7165 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
7166 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
7167 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
7168 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
7169 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
7170 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
7171 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
7172 Java.)
7173
7174 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
7175 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
7176 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
7177 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
7178 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
7179 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
7180 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
7181 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
7182 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
7183 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
7184
7185 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
7186 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
7187 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
7188 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
7189 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
7190 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
7191
7192 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
7193 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
7194 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
7195 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
7196 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
7197
7198 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
7199 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
7200
7201 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
7202 reverted.
7203
7204 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
7205 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
7206 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
7207
7208 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
7209 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
7210
7211 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
7212 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
7213 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
7214
7215 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
7216 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
7217 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
7218 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
7219 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
7220 latency.
7221
7222 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
7223 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
7224
7225 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
7226 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
7227 instance part of a unit name.
7228
7229 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
7230 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
7231 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
7232 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
7233 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
7234 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
7235 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
7236 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
7237 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
7238
7239 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
7240 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
7241 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
7242 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
7243
7244 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
7245 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
7246 to a file, and appending to it.
7247
7248 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
7249 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
7250 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
7251 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
7252 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
7253 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
7254
7255 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
7256 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
7257 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
7258 having to touch C code.
7259
7260 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
7261 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
7262
7263 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
7264 DNS-over-TLS.
7265
7266 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
7267 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
7268 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
7269
7270 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
7271 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
7272 until the system finished start-up.
7273
7274 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
7275
7276 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
7277 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
7278 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
7279 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
7280 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
7281 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
7282 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
7283
7284 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
7285 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
7286 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
7287 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
7288 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
7289 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
7290 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
7291 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
7292 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
7293 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
7294 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
7295 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
7296
7297 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
7298 instantiate services.
7299
7300 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
7301 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
7302
7303 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
7304 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
7305 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
7306
7307 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
7308 it is neither used nor maintained.
7309
7310 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
7311 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
7312 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
7313 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
7314 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
7315 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
7316 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
7317 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
7318 separated by colons.
7319
7320 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
7321 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
7322
7323 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
7324 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
7325
7326 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
7327 "ethtool advertise" commands.
7328
7329 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
7330 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
7331 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
7332 directly.
7333
7334 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
7335 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
7336 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
7337 ID.
7338
7339 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
7340 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
7341
7342 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
7343 and LOGO=.
7344
7345 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
7346 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
7347 from any hibernated image.
7348
7349 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
7350 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
7351 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
7352 kernel exports them.
7353
7354 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
7355 /usr/bin/.
7356
7357 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
7358 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
7359 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
7360 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
7361 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
7362 now documented here:
7363
7364 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
7365
7366 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
7367 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
7368 installs during early boot.
7369
7370 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
7371 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
7372
7373 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
7374 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
7375
7376 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
7377 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
7378 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
7379
7380 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
7381 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
7382 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
7383 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
7384 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
7385 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
7386 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
7387 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
7388 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
7389 is on AC power.
7390
7391 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
7392 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
7393 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
7394 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
7395 see:
7396
7397 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
7398
7399 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
7400 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
7401 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
7402 and container environments.
7403
7404 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
7405 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
7406 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
7407 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
7408
7409 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
7410 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
7411 journald per-service.
7412
7413 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
7414 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
7415
7416 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
7417 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
7418 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
7419 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
7420
7421 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
7422 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
7423 groups.
7424
7425 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
7426 --ephemeral command line switch.
7427
7428 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
7429 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
7430 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
7431 object itself.
7432
7433 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
7434 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
7435 not unloaded).
7436
7437 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
7438 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
7439 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
7440
7441 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
7442 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
7443 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
7444 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
7445 "dead" state on success.
7446
7447 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
7448 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
7449 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
7450 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
7451 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
7452 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
7453 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
7454 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
7455 well-defined system service context.
7456
7457 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
7458 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
7459 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
7460 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
7461
7462 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
7463 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
7464 continue to be used.
7465
7466 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
7467 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
7468 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
7469 for example:
7470
7471 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
7472
7473 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
7474 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
7475 the command line's exit code.
7476
7477 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
7478
7479 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
7480
7481 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
7482 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
7483 support to systemctl and all other commands.
7484
7485 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
7486 name as argument.
7487
7488 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
7489 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
7490 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
7491 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
7492 is improved.
7493
7494 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
7495 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
7496 initialize one to all 0xFF.
7497
7498 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
7499 all files and directories listed in
7500 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
7501 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
7502 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
7503 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
7504 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
7505 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
7506 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
7507 the transition to the host OS.
7508
7509 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
7510 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
7511 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
7512 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
7513 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
7514 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
7515 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
7516 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
7517 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
7518 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
7519 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
7520 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
7521 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
7522 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
7523 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
7524 these are opened they don't work.
7525
7526 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
7527 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
7528 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
7529 logic works again.
7530
7531 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
7532 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
7533 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
7534 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
7535 ignore it.
7536
7537 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
7538 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
7539 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
7540 commands.
7541
7542 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
7543 pam_systemd anymore.
7544
7545 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
7546 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
7547 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
7548 policy took effect.
7549
7550 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
7551 python-3.5.
7552
7553 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
7554 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
7555 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
7556 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
7557 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
7558 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
7559 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
7560 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
7561 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
7562 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
7563 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
7564 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
7565 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
7566 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
7567 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
7568 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
7569 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7570 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
7571 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
7572 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
7573 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
7574 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
7575 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
7576 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
7577 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
7578 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
7579 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7580 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
7581 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
7582 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
7583 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
7584 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
7585 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
7586 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
7587 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
7588 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
7589 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
7590 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
7591 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
7592 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
7593 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
7594 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
7595 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
7596 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
7597 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
7598
7599 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
7600
7601 CHANGES WITH 239:
7602
7603 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
7604 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
7605 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
7606 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
7607 a slot number associated.
7608
7609 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
7610 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
7611 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
7612 independent.
7613
7614 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
7615 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
7616 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
7617
7618 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
7619 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
7620 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
7621 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
7622
7623 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
7624 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
7625 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
7626 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
7627 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
7628 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
7629 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
7630 e.g. NIS.
7631
7632 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
7633 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
7634 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
7635 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
7636 may be necessary to update the file.
7637
7638 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
7639 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
7640 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
7641 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
7642 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
7643 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
7644 documentation.
7645
7646 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
7647 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
7648 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
7649 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
7650 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
7651 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
7652 them.
7653
7654 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
7655 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
7656 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
7657 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
7658 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
7659
7660 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
7661 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
7662 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
7663 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
7664 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
7665 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
7666 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
7667 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
7668
7669 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
7670 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
7671 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
7672 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
7673 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
7674
7675 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
7676 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
7677 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
7678 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
7679 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
7680
7681 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
7682 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
7683 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
7684
7685 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
7686 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
7687 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
7688 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
7689 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
7690 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
7691 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
7692 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
7693 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
7694 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
7695 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
7696 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
7697 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
7698 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
7699 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
7700 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
7701 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
7702 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
7703 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
7704 from.
7705
7706 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
7707 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
7708 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
7709 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
7710
7711 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
7712 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
7713 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
7714 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
7715
7716 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
7717 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
7718 hibernates again.
7719
7720 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
7721 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
7722
7723 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
7724 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
7725 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
7726
7727 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
7728 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
7729 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
7730 was not configurable and set to 512.
7731
7732 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
7733 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
7734 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
7735 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
7736 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
7737 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
7738 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
7739 in particular su and sudo.
7740
7741 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
7742 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
7743 synchronization has been received from the network. This
7744 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
7745 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
7746 services.
7747
7748 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
7749 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
7750 files should work for hibernation now.
7751
7752 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
7753 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
7754 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
7755 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
7756 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
7757 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
7758 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
7759 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
7760 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
7761 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
7762 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
7763 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
7764 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
7765 name following the last dash.
7766
7767 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
7768 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
7769 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
7770 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
7771 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
7772
7773 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
7774 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
7775 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
7776 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
7777 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
7778 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
7779
7780 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
7781 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
7782 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
7783 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
7784
7785 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
7786 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
7787 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
7788 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
7789 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
7790
7791 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
7792 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
7793 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
7794 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
7795 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
7796 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
7797 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
7798 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
7799 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
7800 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
7801 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
7802 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
7803 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
7804
7805 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
7806 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
7807 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
7808 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
7809 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
7810 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
7811 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
7812 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
7813 settings.
7814
7815 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
7816 expiration feature, if it is available.
7817
7818 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
7819 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
7820 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
7821
7822 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
7823 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
7824
7825 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
7826
7827 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
7828 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
7829
7830 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
7831 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
7832 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
7833 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
7834 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
7835 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
7836 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
7837 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
7838 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
7839 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
7840 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
7841
7842 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
7843 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
7844 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
7845 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
7846
7847 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
7848 about its state.
7849
7850 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
7851 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
7852 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
7853 "timedatectl set-ntp".
7854
7855 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
7856 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
7857 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
7858 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
7859 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
7860 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
7861 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
7862 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
7863 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
7864 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
7865 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
7866
7867 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
7868 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
7869
7870 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
7871 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
7872 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
7873 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
7874 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
7875 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
7876
7877 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
7878 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
7879 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
7880 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
7881 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
7882 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
7883 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
7884
7885 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
7886 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
7887 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
7888 shown.)
7889
7890 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
7891 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
7892 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
7893 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
7894 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
7895 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
7896 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
7897 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
7898 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
7899
7900 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
7901 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
7902 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
7903
7904 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
7905 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
7906 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
7907 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
7908 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
7909 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
7910 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
7911 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
7912
7913 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
7914
7915 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
7916 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
7917 automatically when the system clock changed.)
7918
7919 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
7920 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
7921
7922 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
7923 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
7924 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
7925
7926 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
7927
7928 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
7929
7930 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
7931 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
7932
7933 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
7934 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
7935 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
7936 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
7937 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
7938 external user databases.
7939
7940 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
7941 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
7942 refused due to the enforced limits.
7943
7944 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
7945 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
7946 manages.
7947
7948 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
7949 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
7950 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
7951 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
7952 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
7953 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
7954 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
7955 where this is now used by default.
7956
7957 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
7958 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
7959
7960 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
7961 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
7962 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
7963 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
7964 update process in a generic way.
7965
7966 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
7967
7968 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
7969 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
7970 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
7971 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
7972 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
7973 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
7974 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
7975 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
7976 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
7977 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
7978 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
7979 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
7980 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
7981 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
7982 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
7983 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
7984 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
7985 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
7986 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
7987 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
7988 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
7989 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
7990 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
7991 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
7992 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
7993 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
7994 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
7995 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
7996 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7997
7998 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
7999
8000 CHANGES WITH 238:
8001
8002 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
8003 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
8004 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
8005 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
8006 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
8007 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
8008 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
8009 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
8010 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
8011 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
8012 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
8013 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
8014 to revert this change.
8015
8016 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
8017 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
8018 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
8019 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
8020 once at the end of the transaction.
8021
8022 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
8023 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
8024 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
8025 scripts.
8026
8027 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
8028 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
8029 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
8030 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
8031 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
8032 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
8033 still allowing local admin overrides.
8034
8035 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
8036 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
8037 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
8038
8039 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
8040 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
8041 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
8042 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
8043 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
8044
8045 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
8046 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
8047 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
8048 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
8049 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
8050 from package installation scripts.
8051
8052 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
8053 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
8054 without the user number ("u username -:456").
8055
8056 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
8057 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
8058
8059 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
8060 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
8061 /sbin/nologin for other users).
8062
8063 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
8064 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
8065 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
8066 --systemd, --user, or --global).
8067
8068 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
8069 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
8070 which are triggered meanwhile).
8071
8072 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
8073 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
8074 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
8075 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
8076 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
8077
8078 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
8079 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
8080 rotated very quickly.
8081
8082 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
8083 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
8084 pending bus messages.
8085
8086 * systemd gained a new
8087 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
8088 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
8089 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
8090 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
8091 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
8092 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
8093 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
8094 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
8095 session scope.
8096
8097 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
8098 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
8099 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
8100 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
8101 the tree to be accessed.
8102
8103 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
8104 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
8105 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
8106
8107 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
8108 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
8109 to keys in the main keyring.
8110
8111 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
8112
8113 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
8114 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
8115
8116 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
8117
8118 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
8119 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
8120 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
8121 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
8122 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
8123 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
8124 explicitly.
8125
8126 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
8127 the colour of "OK" status messages.
8128
8129 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
8130 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
8131 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
8132 be restarted.
8133
8134 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
8135 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
8136
8137 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
8138 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
8139 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
8140 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
8141 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
8142 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
8143 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
8144 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8145 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
8146 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
8147 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
8148 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
8149 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8150 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8151 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
8152 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
8153
8154 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
8155
8156 CHANGES WITH 237:
8157
8158 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
8159 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
8160 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
8161 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
8162
8163 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
8164 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
8165 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
8166 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
8167 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
8168 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
8169 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
8170 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
8171 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
8172 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
8173
8174 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
8175 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
8176 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
8177 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
8178 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
8179 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
8180 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
8181 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
8182 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
8183 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
8184
8185 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
8186 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
8187 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
8188 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
8189 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
8190 now provides explicit control.
8191
8192 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
8193 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
8194 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
8195 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
8196 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
8197 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
8198 unit types that already supported transient operation.
8199
8200 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
8201 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
8202 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
8203
8204 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
8205 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
8206
8207 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
8208 .network files all gained support for a new condition
8209 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
8210 versions.
8211
8212 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
8213 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
8214 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
8215 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
8216 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
8217 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
8218 understands RapidCommit=.
8219
8220 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
8221 Delegation.
8222
8223 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
8224 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
8225 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
8226 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
8227 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
8228 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
8229 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
8230 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
8231 --watch-bind= command line switch.
8232
8233 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
8234 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
8235 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
8236 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
8237 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
8238 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
8239 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
8240 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
8241 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
8242 "Disconnected" signals).
8243
8244 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
8245 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
8246 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
8247 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
8248 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
8249 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
8250 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
8251 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
8252 round-trips are removed.
8253
8254 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
8255 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
8256 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
8257 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
8258
8259 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
8260 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
8261 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
8262 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
8263 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
8264 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
8265
8266 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
8267 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
8268 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
8269 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
8270 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
8271 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
8272 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
8273 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
8274 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
8275 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
8276
8277 * sd-event gained a new call pair
8278 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
8279 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
8280 when the event source is destroyed.
8281
8282 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
8283 connections.
8284
8285 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
8286 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
8287 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
8288 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
8289 new transitional flag file has been added: if
8290 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
8291 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
8292
8293 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
8294 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
8295 manager.
8296
8297 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
8298 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
8299 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
8300 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
8301 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
8302
8303 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
8304 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
8305 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
8306 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
8307 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
8308 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
8309
8310 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
8311 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
8312 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
8313 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
8314 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
8315 level/target is given as an argument.
8316
8317 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
8318 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
8319 where UID and GID do not match.
8320
8321 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
8322 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
8323 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
8324 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
8325 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
8326 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
8327 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
8328 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
8329 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
8330 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
8331 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
8332 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
8333 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8334 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
8335 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
8336 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
8337 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
8338 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
8339 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
8340 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
8341 Палаузов
8342
8343 — Brno, 2018-01-28
8344
8345 CHANGES WITH 236:
8346
8347 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
8348 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
8349 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
8350 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
8351
8352 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
8353 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
8354 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
8355 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
8356 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
8357 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
8358 valid specifiers today.)
8359
8360 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
8361 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
8362 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
8363 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
8364 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
8365 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
8366
8367 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
8368 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
8369 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
8370 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
8371
8372 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
8373 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
8374 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
8375 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
8376 services are resolved properly.
8377
8378 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
8379 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
8380 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
8381 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
8382 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
8383 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
8384 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
8385 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
8386 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
8387 and btrfs.
8388
8389 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
8390 DNS server and domain information.
8391
8392 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
8393 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
8394 runtime.
8395
8396 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
8397 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
8398 empty for the first time.
8399
8400 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
8401 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
8402 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
8403 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
8404 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
8405 running in the user session.
8406
8407 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
8408 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
8409 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
8410 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
8411 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
8412 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
8413 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8414 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
8415 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
8416 user instance).
8417
8418 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
8419 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
8420
8421 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
8422 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
8423 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
8424 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
8425
8426 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
8427 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
8428
8429 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
8430 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
8431 sleep verbs.
8432
8433 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
8434
8435 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
8436 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
8437
8438 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
8439
8440 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
8441 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
8442 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
8443
8444 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
8445 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
8446 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
8447 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
8448 instance.
8449
8450 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
8451 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
8452 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
8453
8454 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
8455 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
8456 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
8457
8458 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
8459
8460 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
8461 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
8462 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
8463 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
8464 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
8465 processes.
8466
8467 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
8468 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
8469 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
8470 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
8471
8472 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
8473 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
8474 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
8475
8476 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
8477 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
8478 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
8479 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
8480 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
8481
8482 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
8483 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
8484
8485 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
8486 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
8487 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
8488 time the specified expression would elapse.
8489
8490 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
8491 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
8492 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
8493 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
8494 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
8495 types, not just services.
8496
8497 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
8498 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
8499 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
8500 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
8501
8502 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
8503 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
8504 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
8505 interface for this purpose.
8506
8507 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
8508 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
8509 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
8510 anyway.
8511
8512 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
8513 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
8514 requirements of systemd.
8515
8516 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
8517 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
8518 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
8519
8520 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
8521 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
8522 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
8523 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
8524
8525 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
8526 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
8527 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
8528 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
8529
8530 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
8531 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
8532
8533 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
8534 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
8535 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
8536 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
8537 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
8538 managing software supports (such as pppd).
8539
8540 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
8541 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
8542 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
8543
8544 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
8545 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
8546 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
8547 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
8548 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
8549 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
8550 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
8551 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
8552 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
8553 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
8554 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
8555 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
8556 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
8557 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
8558 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
8559 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
8560 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
8561 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8562 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
8563 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
8564 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
8565 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8566 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
8567
8568 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
8569
8570 CHANGES WITH 235:
8571
8572 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
8573 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
8574 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
8575 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
8576 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
8577 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
8578 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
8579 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
8580 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
8581 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
8582 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
8583 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
8584 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
8585 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
8586 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
8587 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
8588 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
8589 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
8590 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
8591 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
8592 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
8593 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
8594 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
8595 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
8596 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
8597 IPAddressDeny= see below.
8598
8599 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
8600 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
8601 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8602 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
8603 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
8604 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
8605 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
8606 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
8607
8608 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
8609 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
8610 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
8611 used to change those values.
8612
8613 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
8614 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
8615 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
8616 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
8617 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
8618 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
8619
8620 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
8621 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
8622 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
8623 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
8624
8625 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
8626 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
8627 one top-level directory.
8628
8629 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
8630 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
8631 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
8632 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
8633 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
8634 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
8635 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
8636 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
8637 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
8638 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
8639 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
8640 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
8641 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
8642 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
8643 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
8644
8645 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
8646 Meson-only.
8647
8648 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
8649 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
8650 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
8651 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
8652 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
8653 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
8654 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
8655 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
8656 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
8657 acceptable to us.
8658
8659 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
8660 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
8661 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
8662 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
8663 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
8664 requested at build time.
8665
8666 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
8667 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
8668 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
8669 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
8670 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
8671 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
8672 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
8673 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
8674 Type= setting which permits configuring
8675 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
8676
8677 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
8678 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
8679 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
8680 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
8681 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
8682 local frames between bridge ports.
8683
8684 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
8685 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
8686 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
8687
8688 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
8689 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
8690
8691 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
8692 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
8693 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
8694 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
8695
8696 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
8697 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
8698 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
8699 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
8700 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
8701 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
8702 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
8703 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
8704
8705 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
8706 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
8707 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
8708 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
8709 command.)
8710
8711 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
8712 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
8713 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
8714
8715 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
8716 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
8717 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
8718 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
8719
8720 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
8721 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
8722 configured, except for the credentials applied by
8723 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
8724 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
8725 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
8726 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
8727 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
8728 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
8729 on systems where this is not supported.
8730
8731 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
8732 sockets.
8733
8734 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
8735 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
8736 during runtime.
8737
8738 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
8739 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
8740 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
8741
8742 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
8743 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
8744 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
8745
8746 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
8747 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
8748 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
8749 Following this logic, two new special targets
8750 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
8751 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
8752 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
8753
8754 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
8755 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
8756 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
8757 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
8758
8759 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
8760 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
8761 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
8762 --wait".
8763
8764 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
8765 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
8766 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
8767 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
8768 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
8769 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
8770 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
8771 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
8772 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
8773
8774 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
8775 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
8776 containing information about the consumed resources of this
8777 invocation.
8778
8779 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
8780 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
8781 processes.
8782
8783 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
8784 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
8785 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
8786 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
8787 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
8788 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
8789 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
8790 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
8791 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
8792 systems for all five operations.
8793
8794 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
8795 the system.
8796
8797 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
8798 than UTC or the local timezone.
8799
8800 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
8801 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
8802 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
8803 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
8804 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
8805 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
8806 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
8807 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
8808
8809 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
8810 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
8811 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
8812 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
8813 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
8814 again.
8815
8816 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
8817 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
8818 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
8819
8820 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
8821 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
8822 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
8823 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
8824 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
8825 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
8826 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
8827 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
8828 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
8829 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
8830 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
8831 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
8832 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
8833 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
8834 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
8835 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
8836 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
8837 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
8838 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
8839 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8840
8841 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
8842
8843 CHANGES WITH 234:
8844
8845 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
8846 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
8847 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
8848 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
8849 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
8850 summary:
8851
8852 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
8853
8854 becomes:
8855
8856 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
8857
8858 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
8859 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
8860 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
8861 .device units.
8862
8863 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
8864 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
8865 running a systemd user instance.
8866
8867 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
8868 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
8869 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
8870 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
8871 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
8872 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
8873
8874 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
8875
8876 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
8877 (domain search list).
8878
8879 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
8880 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
8881 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
8882 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
8883 implementation of RA.
8884
8885 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
8886 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
8887 ISO date values.
8888
8889 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
8890 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
8891 devices.
8892
8893 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
8894 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
8895 option.
8896
8897 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
8898 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
8899 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
8900 default yet.
8901
8902 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
8903 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
8904 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
8905 SHA256SUMS files.
8906
8907 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
8908 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
8909
8910 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
8911
8912 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
8913
8914 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
8915 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
8916
8917 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
8918 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
8919 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
8920 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
8921
8922 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
8923 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
8924 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
8925 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
8926 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
8927 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
8928 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
8929 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
8930 systemd-logind to be safe. See
8931 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
8932
8933 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
8934 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
8935 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
8936 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
8937 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
8938 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
8939 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
8940 after all the plugins exit.
8941
8942 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
8943 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
8944 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
8945 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
8946 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
8947 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
8948 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
8949 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
8950
8951 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
8952 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
8953 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
8954 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
8955 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
8956 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
8957 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
8958 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8959 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
8960 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
8961 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
8962 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
8963 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
8964 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
8965 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
8966 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8967 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
8968 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
8969 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
8970 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
8971 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
8972 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
8973 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
8974 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
8975 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
8976 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
8977 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8978 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
8979 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
8980 Георгиевски
8981
8982 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
8983
8984 CHANGES WITH 233:
8985
8986 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
8987 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
8988 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
8989 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
8990 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
8991 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
8992 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
8993 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
8994 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
8995
8996 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
8997 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
8998 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
8999 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
9000 default selected on the configure command line
9001 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
9002 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
9003 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
9004 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
9005 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
9006 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
9007 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
9008 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
9009 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
9010 greatest stability and compatibility only.
9011
9012 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
9013 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
9014 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
9015 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
9016 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
9017 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
9018 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
9019 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
9020 further details about this.)
9021
9022 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
9023 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
9024 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
9025
9026 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
9027 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
9028
9029 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
9030 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
9031 with 'make install-tests'.
9032
9033 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
9034 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
9035 kernel.
9036
9037 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
9038 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
9039 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
9040 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
9041 by the Slice= option.
9042
9043 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
9044 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
9045 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
9046 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
9047
9048 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
9049 following choices:
9050
9051 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
9052 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
9053 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
9054 (h)elp
9055 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
9056 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
9057 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
9058 (y)es, execute the command
9059
9060 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
9061 because its meaning was confusing.
9062
9063 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
9064 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
9065
9066 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
9067 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
9068 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
9069
9070 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
9071 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
9072 state directly, without executing these commands.
9073
9074 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
9075 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
9076 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
9077
9078 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
9079 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
9080 combination with After=) have been started.
9081
9082 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
9083 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
9084 setting, and which system calls they contain.
9085
9086 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
9087 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
9088 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
9089 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
9090 configuration related calls.
9091
9092 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
9093 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
9094 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
9095 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
9096 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
9097 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
9098 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
9099
9100 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
9101 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
9102
9103 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
9104 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
9105 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
9106
9107 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
9108 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
9109
9110 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
9111 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
9112 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
9113 for compatibility.
9114
9115 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
9116 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
9117
9118 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
9119 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
9120
9121 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
9122 support for negative matching.
9123
9124 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
9125
9126 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
9127 permitted runtime of the mount command.
9128
9129 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
9130 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
9131 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
9132 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
9133 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
9134 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
9135 removed from the drive.
9136
9137 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
9138 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
9139
9140 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
9141 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
9142
9143 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
9144 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
9145 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
9146
9147 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
9148 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
9149 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
9150 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
9151 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
9152 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
9153 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
9154
9155 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
9156 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
9157 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
9158 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
9159 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
9160 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
9161
9162 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
9163 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
9164
9165 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
9166 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
9167 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
9168 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
9169 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
9170 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
9171 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
9172 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
9173
9174 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
9175 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
9176 including all control processes.
9177
9178 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
9179 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
9180 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
9181
9182 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9183 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
9184 prefixing the source path with "+".
9185
9186 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9187 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
9188 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
9189 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
9190 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
9191 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
9192 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
9193 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
9194
9195 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
9196 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
9197 before).
9198
9199 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
9200 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
9201 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
9202 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
9203 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
9204 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
9205 the new --root-hash= command line option).
9206
9207 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
9208 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
9209 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
9210 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
9211 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
9212 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
9213 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
9214 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
9215 versions.
9216
9217 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
9218 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
9219 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
9220 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
9221 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
9222 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
9223 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
9224 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
9225 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
9226 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
9227 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
9228 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
9229 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
9230 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
9231 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
9232 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
9233 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
9234 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
9235 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
9236 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
9237 a Verity-enabled root partition.
9238
9239 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
9240 accelerometer quirks.
9241
9242 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
9243 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
9244 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
9245 ID of each service.
9246
9247 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
9248 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
9249 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
9250 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
9251 view.
9252
9253 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
9254 environment variables:
9255
9256 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
9257
9258 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
9259 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
9260 address.
9261
9262 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
9263 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
9264 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
9265
9266 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
9267 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
9268 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
9269 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
9270 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
9271 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
9272 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
9273 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
9274 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
9275 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
9276 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
9277 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
9278 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
9279
9280 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
9281 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
9282 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
9283
9284 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
9285 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
9286
9287 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
9288 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
9289 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
9290 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
9291 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
9292
9293 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
9294 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
9295 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
9296
9297 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
9298 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
9299
9300 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
9301 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
9302 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
9303 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
9304
9305 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
9306 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
9307 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
9308 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
9309 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
9310 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
9311 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
9312 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
9313 possibly even including full integrity data.
9314
9315 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
9316 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
9317 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
9318 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
9319 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
9320
9321 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
9322 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
9323 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
9324 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
9325 directly with systemd-nspawn.
9326
9327 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
9328 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
9329 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
9330 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
9331
9332 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
9333 of coredumps in reverse order.
9334
9335 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
9336 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
9337 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
9338 additional informational message in its output.
9339
9340 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
9341 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
9342 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
9343
9344 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
9345 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
9346 scripting languages such as Python.
9347
9348 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
9349 namespacing is enabled for them.
9350
9351 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
9352 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
9353 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
9354 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
9355 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
9356 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
9357
9358 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
9359 root key (KSK).
9360
9361 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
9362 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
9363 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
9364
9365 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
9366 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
9367 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
9368 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
9369 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
9370 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
9371 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
9372 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
9373 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
9374 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
9375 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
9376 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
9377 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
9378 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
9379 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
9380 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
9381 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
9382 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
9383 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
9384 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
9385 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
9386 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
9387 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
9388 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
9389 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
9390 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
9391 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
9392 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
9393 Тихонов
9394
9395 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
9396
9397 CHANGES WITH 232:
9398
9399 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
9400 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
9401 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
9402 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
9403 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
9404 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
9405
9406 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
9407 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
9408
9409 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
9410 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
9411 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
9412
9413 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
9414 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
9415 to be remounted read-only for a service.
9416
9417 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
9418 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
9419 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
9420 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
9421
9422 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
9423 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
9424
9425 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
9426 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
9427 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
9428
9429 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
9430 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
9431 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
9432 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
9433 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
9434 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
9435 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
9436 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
9437 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
9438 permanent modifications to the system.
9439
9440 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
9441 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
9442 container or chroot environments.
9443
9444 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
9445 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
9446 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
9447 mapped to nobody.
9448
9449 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
9450 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
9451 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
9452 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
9453
9454 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
9455 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
9456
9457 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
9458 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
9459 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
9460 and the support is provisional.
9461
9462 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
9463 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
9464 unit files in the file system).
9465
9466 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
9467 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
9468 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
9469 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
9470 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
9471 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
9472 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
9473 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
9474 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
9475 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
9476 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
9477 state is fixed automatically.
9478
9479 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
9480 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
9481 option.
9482
9483 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
9484 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
9485 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
9486 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
9487 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
9488 else.
9489
9490 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
9491 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
9492 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
9493 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
9494 bootable on physical systems.
9495
9496 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
9497
9498 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
9499 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
9500 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
9501 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
9502 used.
9503
9504 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
9505 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
9506 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
9507 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
9508
9509 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
9510
9511 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
9512 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
9513 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
9514 of the container).
9515
9516 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
9517 files from the specified location.
9518
9519 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
9520 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
9521 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
9522 be active.
9523
9524 * The hardware database has been extended to support
9525 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
9526 trackball devices.
9527
9528 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
9529 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
9530 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
9531
9532 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
9533 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
9534 specified service binary exited.)
9535
9536 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
9537 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
9538
9539 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
9540 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
9541 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
9542 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
9543 --since= and --until= options.
9544
9545 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
9546 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
9547 are automatically propagated to the container.
9548
9549 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
9550 from a single IP address can be limited with
9551 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
9552 MaxConnections=.
9553
9554 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
9555 configuration.
9556
9557 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
9558 drop-ins.
9559
9560 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
9561 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
9562 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
9563 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
9564 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
9565 [Link] section of .link files.
9566
9567 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
9568 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
9569 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
9570 section of .netdev files.
9571
9572 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
9573 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
9574 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
9575
9576 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
9577 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
9578 .network files.
9579
9580 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
9581 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
9582 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
9583 service runtime cycle.
9584
9585 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
9586 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
9587 has been traditionally doing.
9588
9589 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
9590 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
9591 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
9592 prevent any later plugins from running.
9593
9594 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
9595 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
9596 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
9597 default of SplitMode=uid.
9598
9599 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
9600 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
9601 useful.
9602
9603 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
9604 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
9605 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
9606 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
9607 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
9608 individual namespaces.
9609
9610 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
9611 the output, as well as OS release information.
9612
9613 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
9614
9615 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
9616 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
9617 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
9618 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
9619 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
9620
9621 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
9622 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
9623 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
9624 severed.
9625
9626 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
9627 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
9628 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
9629 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
9630 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
9631 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
9632 information about exit statuses and results.
9633
9634 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
9635 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
9636 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
9637 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
9638 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
9639 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
9640
9641 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
9642
9643 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
9644 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
9645 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
9646 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
9647 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
9648 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
9649 entirely.
9650
9651 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
9652 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
9653 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
9654
9655 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
9656 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
9657 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
9658 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
9659 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
9660 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
9661 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
9662 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
9663 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
9664 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
9665 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
9666 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
9667 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
9668 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
9669 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
9670 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
9671 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
9672
9673 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
9674 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
9675 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
9676 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
9677
9678 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
9679 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
9680 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
9681 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
9682
9683 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
9684 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
9685 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
9686 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
9687 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
9688 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
9689 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
9690 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
9691 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
9692 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
9693 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
9694 fragment entirely.)
9695
9696 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
9697 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
9698 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
9699
9700 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
9701 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
9702 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
9703 FileDescriptorName= setting.
9704
9705 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
9706 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
9707 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
9708 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
9709 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
9710 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
9711
9712 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
9713 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
9714
9715 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
9716 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
9717
9718 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
9719 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
9720 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
9721 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
9722 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
9723
9724 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
9725 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
9726 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
9727 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
9728 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
9729 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
9730 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
9731 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
9732 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
9733 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
9734 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
9735 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
9736 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
9737 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
9738 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9739 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
9740 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
9741 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
9742 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
9743 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
9744 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
9745 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
9746 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
9747 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
9748 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9749 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
9750
9751 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
9752
9753 CHANGES WITH 231:
9754
9755 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
9756 with an additional special character as first argument of the
9757 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
9758 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
9759 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
9760 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
9761 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
9762 independently.
9763
9764 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
9765 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
9766
9767 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
9768 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
9769 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
9770 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
9771 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
9772 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
9773 values.
9774
9775 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
9776 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
9777 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
9778 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
9779 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
9780
9781 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
9782 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
9783 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
9784 7:10am every day.
9785
9786 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
9787 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
9788 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
9789 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
9790 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
9791 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
9792 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
9793 available for compatibility.
9794
9795 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
9796 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
9797 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
9798 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
9799 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
9800 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
9801
9802 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
9803 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
9804 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
9805 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
9806 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
9807 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
9808 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
9809 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
9810 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
9811
9812 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
9813 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
9814 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
9815 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
9816 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
9817 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
9818 desired options.
9819
9820 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
9821 cgroup v2.
9822
9823 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
9824 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
9825 limited to subgroups of that group.
9826
9827 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
9828 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
9829 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
9830 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
9831 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
9832 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
9833 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
9834 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
9835
9836 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
9837 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
9838 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
9839 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
9840 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
9841 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
9842 own long-running services.
9843
9844 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
9845 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
9846 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
9847 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
9848
9849 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
9850 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
9851 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
9852 propagates this notification further to the service manager
9853 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
9854 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
9855 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
9856 primitives.
9857
9858 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
9859 "terminate".
9860
9861 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
9862 link-local IPv6 addresses.
9863
9864 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
9865 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
9866 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
9867 --flush-caches".
9868
9869 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
9870 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
9871 is shown.
9872
9873 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
9874 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
9875 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
9876 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
9877 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
9878 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
9879
9880 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
9881 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
9882 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
9883 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
9884 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
9885 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
9886 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
9887 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
9888 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
9889 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
9890 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
9891 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
9892 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
9893 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
9894 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
9895 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
9896 bus API instead.
9897
9898 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
9899 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
9900 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
9901 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
9902
9903 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
9904 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
9905 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
9906 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
9907
9908 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
9909 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
9910 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
9911
9912 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
9913 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
9914
9915 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
9916 interface configuration.
9917
9918 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
9919 specifying the --force switch.
9920
9921 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
9922 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
9923 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
9924
9925 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
9926 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
9927 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
9928 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
9929 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
9930 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
9931 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
9932 to be handled.
9933
9934 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
9935 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
9936
9937 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
9938 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
9939
9940 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
9941 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
9942 of persistent symlinks for that device.
9943
9944 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
9945 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
9946
9947 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
9948 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
9949 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
9950 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
9951 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
9952 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
9953 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
9954 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
9955 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
9956 library.
9957
9958 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
9959 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
9960 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
9961 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
9962 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
9963 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
9964 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
9965 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
9966 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
9967 doc/HACKING for details.
9968
9969 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
9970 distribution's bugtracker.
9971
9972 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
9973 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
9974 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
9975 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
9976 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
9977 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
9978 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
9979 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
9980 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
9981 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
9982 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
9983 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
9984 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
9985 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
9986 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
9987 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
9988 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
9989 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
9990 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9991
9992 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
9993
9994 CHANGES WITH 230:
9995
9996 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
9997 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
9998 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
9999 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
10000 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
10001 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
10002 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
10003 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
10004 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
10005 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
10006 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
10007 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
10008 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
10009 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
10010 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
10011 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
10012 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
10013 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
10014 applications.)
10015
10016 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
10017 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
10018 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
10019
10020 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
10021 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
10022 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
10023 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
10024 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
10025 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
10026 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
10027
10028 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
10029 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
10030 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
10031 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
10032 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
10033 command works for tmux.
10034
10035 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
10036 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
10037 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
10038 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
10039 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
10040 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
10041
10042 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
10043 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
10044
10045 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
10046 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
10047 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
10048
10049 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
10050
10051 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
10052 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
10053 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
10054 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
10055 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
10056
10057 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
10058 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
10059 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
10060 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
10061
10062 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
10063 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
10064 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
10065 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
10066 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
10067 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
10068
10069 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
10070 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
10071 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
10072
10073 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
10074 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
10075 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
10076 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
10077 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
10078 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
10079
10080 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
10081 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
10082 address.
10083
10084 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
10085 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
10086 should be emitted.
10087
10088 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
10089 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
10090 supported.
10091
10092 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
10093 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
10094 logging performance.
10095
10096 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10097 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
10098 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
10099 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
10100 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
10101 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
10102
10103 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
10104 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
10105 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
10106 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
10107
10108 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
10109 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
10110
10111 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
10112 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
10113 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
10114
10115 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
10116
10117 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
10118 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
10119 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
10120 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
10121
10122 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
10123 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
10124 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
10125 refuse to operate on such files.
10126
10127 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
10128 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
10129 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
10130
10131 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
10132 just hidden container images.
10133
10134 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
10135 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
10136
10137 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
10138 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
10139 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
10140 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
10141 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
10142 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
10143 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
10144 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
10145 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
10146 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
10147 been changed to use this functionality by default.
10148
10149 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
10150 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
10151 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
10152 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
10153 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
10154 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
10155 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
10156 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
10157 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
10158 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
10159 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
10160 terminates.
10161
10162 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
10163 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
10164 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
10165 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
10166
10167 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
10168 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
10169 rate of the socket unit.
10170
10171 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
10172 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
10173 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
10174 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
10175 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
10176
10177 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
10178 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
10179 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
10180 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
10181 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
10182 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
10183 with this.
10184
10185 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
10186 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
10187
10188 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
10189 merged into the kernel in its current form.
10190
10191 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
10192 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
10193 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
10194 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
10195 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
10196
10197 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
10198 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
10199 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
10200
10201 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
10202 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
10203 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
10204 target is now included in early userspace.
10205
10206 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
10207 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
10208 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
10209 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
10210 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
10211 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
10212 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
10213 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
10214 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
10215 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
10216 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
10217 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
10218 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
10219 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
10220 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
10221 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
10222 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
10223 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
10224 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
10225 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10226 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
10227 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
10228 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
10229 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
10230 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10231 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10232
10233 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
10234
10235 CHANGES WITH 229:
10236
10237 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
10238 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
10239 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
10240 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
10241 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
10242 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
10243 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
10244 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
10245 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
10246 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
10247 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
10248 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
10249 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
10250
10251 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
10252 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
10253 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
10254 /usr/bin.
10255
10256 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
10257 devices.
10258
10259 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
10260 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
10261 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
10262 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
10263 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
10264 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
10265 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
10266 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
10267 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
10268 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
10269 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
10270 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
10271 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
10272 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
10273 this limit.
10274
10275 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
10276 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
10277 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
10278 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
10279 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
10280 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
10281 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
10282 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
10283
10284 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
10285 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
10286 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
10287 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
10288 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
10289 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
10290 and group at package installation time.
10291
10292 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
10293 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
10294 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
10295 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
10296 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
10297
10298 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
10299 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
10300 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
10301 supports it.
10302
10303 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
10304 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
10305
10306 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
10307 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
10308 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
10309 file is already initialized.
10310
10311 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
10312 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
10313 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
10314 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
10315 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
10316 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
10317 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
10318 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
10319 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
10320
10321 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
10322 working directory for the process started in the container.
10323
10324 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
10325 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
10326 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
10327 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
10328 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
10329
10330 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10331 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
10332 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
10333
10334 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
10335 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
10336 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
10337 sd_journal_restart_fields().
10338
10339 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
10340 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
10341 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
10342 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
10343 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
10344
10345 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
10346 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
10347 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
10348 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
10349
10350 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
10351 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
10352 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
10353 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
10354 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
10355 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
10356 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
10357 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
10358 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
10359 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
10360 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
10361 by PID 1.
10362
10363 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
10364 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
10365 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
10366 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
10367 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
10368 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
10369 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
10370 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
10371
10372 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
10373
10374 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
10375 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
10376 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
10377
10378 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
10379 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
10380 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
10381 recent kernels.
10382
10383 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
10384 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
10385
10386 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
10387 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
10388 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
10389 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
10390 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
10391 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
10392 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
10393 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
10394 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
10395 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
10396 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
10397 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
10398 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
10399
10400 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
10401 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
10402 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
10403 clusters or larger setups.
10404
10405 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
10406
10407 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
10408 sockets.
10409
10410 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
10411
10412 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
10413 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
10414 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
10415 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
10416 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
10417 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
10418
10419 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
10420 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
10421 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
10422
10423 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
10424 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
10425 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
10426 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
10427
10428 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
10429
10430 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
10431 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
10432 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
10433 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
10434 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
10435 maintain compatibility.
10436
10437 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
10438 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
10439 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
10440 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
10441 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
10442 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
10443 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
10444 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
10445 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
10446 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
10447 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
10448 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10449 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
10450 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
10451 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
10452 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
10453 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10454 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
10455 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10456
10457 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
10458
10459 CHANGES WITH 228:
10460
10461 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
10462 files are now also available as properties to set when
10463 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
10464 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
10465 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
10466 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
10467 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
10468 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
10469 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
10470
10471 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
10472 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
10473 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
10474
10475 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
10476 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
10477 created transiently.
10478
10479 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
10480 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
10481 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
10482 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
10483 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
10484 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
10485 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
10486 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
10487
10488 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
10489 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
10490 disk and sync the files, before returning.
10491
10492 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
10493 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
10494 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
10495 enabled.
10496
10497 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
10498 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
10499 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
10500 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
10501 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
10502 subvolumes.
10503
10504 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
10505 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
10506
10507 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
10508 individual indexes.
10509
10510 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
10511 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
10512 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
10513 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
10514 now.
10515
10516 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
10517 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
10518 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
10519 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
10520 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
10521 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
10522 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
10523 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
10524 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
10525 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
10526 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
10527 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
10528 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
10529 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
10530 number of processes or tasks each user may own
10531 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
10532 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
10533 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
10534 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
10535 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
10536 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
10537
10538 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
10539 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
10540 links between the host and the container.
10541
10542 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
10543 added that allows importing select environment variables
10544 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
10545 the service.
10546
10547 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
10548 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
10549 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
10550 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
10551 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
10552 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
10553 than until they first elapse.
10554
10555 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
10556 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
10557 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
10558 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
10559 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
10560 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
10561 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
10562 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
10563
10564 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
10565 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
10566 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
10567 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
10568 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
10569 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
10570 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
10571 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
10572 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
10573 journal and in coredump handling.
10574
10575 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
10576 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
10577 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
10578 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
10579 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
10580 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
10581 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
10582 software you package still references it, as this is a
10583 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
10584 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
10585
10586 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
10587
10588 Note that only util-linux versions built with
10589 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
10590
10591 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
10592 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
10593 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
10594
10595 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
10596 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
10597 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
10598 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
10599 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
10600 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
10601 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
10602 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
10603 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
10604 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
10605 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
10606 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
10607 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
10608 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
10609 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
10610 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
10611
10612 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
10613 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
10614 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
10615 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
10616 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
10617 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
10618 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
10619 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
10620 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
10621 surprises.
10622
10623 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
10624 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
10625 to the various user database fields of the user that the
10626 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
10627 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
10628 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
10629 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
10630 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
10631 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
10632 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
10633 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
10634 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
10635 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
10636 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
10637 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
10638 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
10639 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
10640 of PID 1 is the root user).
10641
10642 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
10643 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
10644 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10645 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
10646 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
10647 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
10648 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10649 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
10650 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10651 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
10652 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
10653 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
10654 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10655 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
10656 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10657
10658 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
10659
10660 CHANGES WITH 227:
10661
10662 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
10663 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
10664 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
10665
10666 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
10667 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
10668 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
10669 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
10670 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
10671 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
10672
10673 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
10674 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
10675 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
10676 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
10677 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
10678
10679 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
10680 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
10681 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
10682 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
10683 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
10684 packets on unestablished sockets.
10685
10686 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
10687 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
10688 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
10689 automatically.
10690
10691 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
10692 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
10693 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
10694
10695 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
10696 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
10697 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
10698 for disk IO.
10699
10700 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
10701 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
10702 removed.
10703
10704 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
10705 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
10706 directory is set to the home directory of the user
10707 configured in User=.
10708
10709 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
10710 directory of the selected user by default.
10711
10712 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
10713 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
10714 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
10715 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
10716 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
10717 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
10718 compat reasons.
10719
10720 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
10721 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
10722 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
10723 units.
10724
10725 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
10726 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
10727 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
10728 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
10729 level.
10730
10731 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
10732 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
10733 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
10734 namespaces work correctly.
10735
10736 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
10737 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
10738 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
10739 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
10740 activation.
10741
10742 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
10743 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
10744 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
10745 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
10746 system instance in a container.
10747
10748 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
10749 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
10750 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
10751 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
10752 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
10753 connections.
10754
10755 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
10756 show the control groups within a certain container only.
10757
10758 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
10759 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
10760 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
10761 processes attached, or similar.
10762
10763 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
10764 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
10765 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
10766
10767 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
10768 specifiers like %i or %f.
10769
10770 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
10771 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
10772 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
10773 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
10774
10775 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
10776 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
10777 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
10778 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
10779 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
10780 descriptors using sd_notify().
10781
10782 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
10783
10784 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
10785 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
10786
10787 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
10788 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
10789
10790 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
10791 .network files.
10792
10793 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
10794 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
10795 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
10796 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
10797 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
10798 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
10799 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
10800 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
10801 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
10802 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
10803 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
10804 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
10805 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
10806 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
10807 gdm-autologin is used.
10808
10809 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
10810 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
10811 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
10812 next to the image file.
10813
10814 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
10815 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
10816 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
10817 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
10818
10819 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
10820 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
10821 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
10822 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
10823 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
10824 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
10825
10826 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
10827 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
10828 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
10829 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
10830 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
10831 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
10832 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
10833 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
10834 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
10835 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
10836 number of files in place.
10837
10838 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
10839 on kernels where that is supported.
10840
10841 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
10842
10843 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
10844 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
10845 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
10846 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10847 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
10848 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
10849 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
10850 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
10851 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
10852 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
10853 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10854 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
10855 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
10856 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
10857 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
10858 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10859 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
10860 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
10861
10862 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
10863
10864 CHANGES WITH 226:
10865
10866 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
10867 new features:
10868
10869 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
10870 information. It may be enabled and configured via
10871 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
10872 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
10873 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
10874 is any) is propagated.
10875
10876 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
10877 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
10878 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
10879 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
10880 information is enabled between host and containers by
10881 default now: the container will change its local timezone
10882 to what the host has set.
10883
10884 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
10885 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
10886
10887 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
10888 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
10889 information back, even if the server loses state.
10890
10891 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
10892 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
10893 PoolSize=.
10894
10895 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
10896 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
10897 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
10898 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
10899
10900 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
10901 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
10902 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
10903 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
10904 'dbus-daemon' systems.
10905
10906 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
10907 for virtio devices.
10908
10909 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
10910 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
10911 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
10912 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
10913 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
10914 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
10915 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
10916 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
10917 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
10918 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
10919 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
10920 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
10921 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
10922 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
10923 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
10924 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
10925 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
10926 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
10927 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
10928 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
10929 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
10930 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
10931 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
10932 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
10933 grants them.
10934
10935 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
10936 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
10937 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
10938 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
10939 group tree.
10940
10941 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
10942 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
10943 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
10944 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
10945 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
10946 work correctly in containers now.
10947
10948 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
10949 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
10950
10951 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
10952 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
10953 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
10954 function call is particularly useful when implementing
10955 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
10956
10957 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
10958 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
10959 signal events.
10960
10961 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
10962 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
10963 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
10964 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
10965
10966 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
10967 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
10968 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
10969 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
10970 nspawn command line.
10971
10972 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
10973 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
10974 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
10975 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
10976 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
10977 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
10978 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10979 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
10980
10981 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
10982
10983 CHANGES WITH 225:
10984
10985 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
10986 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
10987 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
10988 shell directly without prompting for username or
10989 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
10990 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
10991 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
10992 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
10993 the originating session.
10994
10995 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
10996 options and allows other programs to query the values.
10997
10998 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
10999 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
11000 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
11001 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
11002 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
11003 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
11004 probably not stabilize on this release.
11005
11006 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
11007 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
11008 messages.
11009
11010 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
11011 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
11012 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
11013
11014 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
11015 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
11016
11017 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
11018 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
11019 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
11020 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
11021 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
11022 posteriori.
11023
11024 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
11025 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
11026
11027 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
11028 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
11029 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
11030 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
11031 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
11032 "lastlog" tools.
11033
11034 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
11035 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
11036 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
11037 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
11038 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
11039
11040 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
11041 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
11042 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
11043 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11044 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
11045 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
11046 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
11047 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
11048 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
11049 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
11050 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
11051 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11052
11053 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
11054
11055 CHANGES WITH 224:
11056
11057 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
11058 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
11059
11060 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
11061 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
11062 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
11063
11064 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
11065 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11066 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
11067
11068 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11069
11070 CHANGES WITH 223:
11071
11072 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
11073 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
11074 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
11075 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11076
11077 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
11078 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
11079
11080 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
11081 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
11082
11083 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
11084
11085 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
11086 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
11087 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
11088
11089 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
11090 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
11091 decapsulated packet.
11092
11093 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
11094 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
11095 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
11096 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
11097 netlink attribute.
11098
11099 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
11100 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
11101 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
11102 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
11103
11104 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
11105 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
11106 according to RFC2460.
11107
11108 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
11109 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
11110
11111 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
11112 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
11113 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
11114
11115 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
11116 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
11117 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
11118 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
11119 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
11120 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
11121
11122 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
11123 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11124 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
11125 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11126 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11127 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
11128 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
11129 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
11130 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
11131 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11132
11133 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
11134
11135 CHANGES WITH 222:
11136
11137 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
11138 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
11139 or should be used to work around such bugs.
11140
11141 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
11142 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
11143
11144 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
11145 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
11146 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
11147 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
11148 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
11149
11150 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
11151 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
11152 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
11153
11154 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
11155 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
11156 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
11157 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
11158 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
11159
11160 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11161
11162 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
11163 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
11164 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
11165 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
11166 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
11167 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11168 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
11169 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
11170 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11171 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11172
11173 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
11174
11175 CHANGES WITH 221:
11176
11177 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
11178 stable and have been added to the official interface of
11179 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
11180 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
11181 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
11182 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
11183 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
11184 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
11185 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
11186 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
11187 portable to other kernels.
11188
11189 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
11190 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
11191 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
11192 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
11193 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
11194 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
11195 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
11196 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
11197 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
11198 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
11199 systemd enabled.
11200
11201 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
11202 2.26.
11203
11204 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
11205 favor of calling an abstraction tool
11206 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
11207 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
11208 in README for details.
11209
11210 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
11211 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
11212 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
11213 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
11214 unit.
11215
11216 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
11217 into man pages.
11218
11219 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
11220 external project.
11221
11222 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
11223 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
11224
11225 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
11226 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
11227 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
11228 state.
11229
11230 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
11231 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
11232 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
11233
11234 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
11235 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
11236 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
11237 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
11238 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
11239 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
11240 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
11241 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
11242 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
11243 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
11244 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
11245 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
11246 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
11247 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11248 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
11249 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11250
11251 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
11252
11253 CHANGES WITH 220:
11254
11255 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
11256 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
11257 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
11258 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
11259 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
11260 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
11261 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
11262 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
11263
11264 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
11265 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
11266 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
11267 service consumed). This value is only available if
11268 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
11269 in the "systemctl status" output.
11270
11271 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
11272 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
11273 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
11274 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
11275 previously was already the default behaviour).
11276
11277 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
11278 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
11279 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
11280
11281 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
11282 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
11283 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
11284 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
11285
11286 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
11287 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
11288 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
11289 journaling file systems that support external journal
11290 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
11291 systems to be mounted.
11292
11293 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
11294 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
11295 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
11296 stable release this should not be problematic.
11297
11298 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
11299 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
11300 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
11301 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
11302 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
11303
11304 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
11305 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
11306 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
11307 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
11308 network switches.
11309
11310 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
11311 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
11312
11313 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
11314 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
11315 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
11316
11317 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
11318
11319 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
11320 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
11321 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
11322 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
11323 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
11324 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
11325 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
11326 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
11327 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
11328 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
11329 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
11330 been fixed in v220.
11331
11332 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
11333 systemd-networkd.
11334
11335 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
11336 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
11337 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
11338 containers started from the command line.
11339
11340 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
11341 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
11342
11343 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
11344 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
11345 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
11346 indirection via a pseudo tty.
11347
11348 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
11349 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
11350 when shutting down.
11351
11352 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
11353 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
11354 overlayfs support.
11355
11356 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
11357 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
11358 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
11359 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
11360 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
11361 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
11362 images are imported via systemd-importd.
11363
11364 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
11365 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
11366 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
11367
11368 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
11369 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
11370 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
11371 of v1 as before).
11372
11373 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
11374 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
11375
11376 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
11377 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
11378 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
11379 without further privileges or authorization.
11380
11381 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
11382 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
11383 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
11384 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
11385 accessible via a bus interface.
11386
11387 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
11388 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
11389 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
11390 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
11391 to cover this functionality.
11392
11393 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
11394 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
11395 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
11396 disabled/masked also stopped.
11397
11398 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
11399 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
11400 updated to support systemd-boot.
11401
11402 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
11403 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
11404 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
11405 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
11406 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
11407 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
11408 like this and can extract OS release information from them
11409 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
11410 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
11411
11412 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
11413 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
11414 system.
11415
11416 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
11417 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
11418 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
11419 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
11420
11421 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
11422 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
11423 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
11424 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
11425
11426 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
11427 stick devices has been added.
11428
11429 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
11430 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
11431
11432 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
11433 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
11434 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
11435 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
11436 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
11437
11438 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
11439 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
11440 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
11441
11442 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
11443 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
11444 Debian.
11445
11446 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
11447 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
11448 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
11449
11450 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
11451 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
11452 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
11453 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
11454 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
11455 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
11456 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
11457 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11458 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
11459 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
11460 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
11461 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
11462 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
11463 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
11464 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
11465 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
11466 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
11467 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11468 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
11469 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
11470 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
11471 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
11472 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
11473 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
11474 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
11475 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
11476 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11477
11478 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
11479
11480 CHANGES WITH 219:
11481
11482 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
11483 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
11484 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
11485 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
11486 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
11487 interface with and update the database.
11488
11489 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
11490 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
11491 before bytewise copying is done.
11492
11493 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
11494 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
11495 directory, and immediately removed when the container
11496 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
11497 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
11498 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
11499 for starting a container off the root file system of the
11500 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
11501 available on btrfs file systems.
11502
11503 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
11504 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
11505 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
11506 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
11507 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
11508 systems.
11509
11510 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
11511 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
11512 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
11513 mount point remains.
11514
11515 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
11516 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
11517 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
11518 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
11519 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
11520 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
11521 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
11522 are disabled.
11523
11524 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
11525 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
11526 container to the host or vice versa.
11527
11528 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
11529 mount host directories into local containers. This is
11530 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
11531
11532 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
11533 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
11534
11535 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
11536 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
11537 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
11538 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
11539 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
11540 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
11541 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
11542 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
11543 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
11544 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
11545 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
11546 make the functionality of importd available to the
11547 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
11548 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
11549 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
11550 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
11551 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
11552 only fully supported on btrfs.
11553
11554 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
11555 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
11556 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
11557 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
11558 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
11559 information about images.
11560
11561 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
11562 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
11563 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
11564 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
11565 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
11566 legacy file systems).
11567
11568 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
11569 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
11570 shown in networkctl output.
11571
11572 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
11573 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
11574 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
11575 processes as system services while interactively
11576 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
11577 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
11578 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
11579 full login session, the difference being that the former
11580 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
11581 setup.
11582
11583 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
11584 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
11585 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
11586 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
11587 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
11588
11589 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
11590 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
11591 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
11592 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
11593 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
11594 via qemu/kvm.
11595
11596 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
11597 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
11598 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
11599 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
11600 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
11601 disk images, too.
11602
11603 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
11604 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
11605 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
11606 integrate with that.
11607
11608 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
11609 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
11610 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
11611 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
11612
11613 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
11614 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
11615 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
11616
11617 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
11618 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
11619 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
11620 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
11621 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
11622 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
11623 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
11624 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
11625 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
11626 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
11627
11628 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
11629 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
11630 files.
11631
11632 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
11633 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
11634 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
11635 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
11636 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
11637 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
11638 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
11639 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
11640 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
11641 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
11642 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
11643 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
11644 explicitly turned on.
11645
11646 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
11647 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
11648 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
11649 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
11650
11651 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
11652 supported.
11653
11654 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
11655 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
11656 user/session following the status output. Similar,
11657 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
11658 associated with a virtual machine or container
11659 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
11660 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
11661 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
11662 output however.)
11663
11664 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
11665 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
11666 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
11667 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
11668 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
11669 caller's session/user.
11670
11671 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
11672 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
11673 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
11674 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
11675 user services.
11676
11677 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
11678 same way as unit files.
11679
11680 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
11681 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
11682 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
11683 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
11684 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
11685 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
11686 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
11687 the host.
11688
11689 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
11690 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
11691 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
11692 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
11693 the host as if their services were running directly on the
11694 host.
11695
11696 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
11697 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
11698 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
11699 updated to make use of it too by default.
11700
11701 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
11702 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
11703 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
11704 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
11705
11706 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
11707 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
11708 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
11709 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
11710 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
11711 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
11712 modification.
11713
11714 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
11715 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
11716 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
11717 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
11718 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
11719 information about Touchpad types.
11720
11721 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
11722 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
11723
11724 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
11725 Policy link field.
11726
11727 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
11728 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
11729
11730 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
11731 ACLs on files.
11732
11733 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
11734 tmpfs, automatically.
11735
11736 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
11737 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
11738 status" output, if available.
11739
11740 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
11741 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
11742 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
11743 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
11744 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
11745 run on next reboot.
11746
11747 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
11748 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
11749 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
11750 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
11751 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
11752 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
11753 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
11754
11755 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
11756 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
11757 after a configurable timeout.
11758
11759 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
11760 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
11761 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
11762 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
11763 it non-idle.
11764
11765 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
11766 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
11767
11768 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
11769 each .network interface in networkd.
11770
11771 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
11772 in .network files.
11773
11774 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
11775 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
11776
11777 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
11778 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
11779 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
11780 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
11781 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
11782 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
11783 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
11784 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
11785 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
11786 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
11787 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
11788 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11789 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
11790 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
11791 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11792 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
11793 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
11794 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
11795 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
11796 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
11797 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
11798 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
11799 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
11800 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11801
11802 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11803
11804 CHANGES WITH 218:
11805
11806 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
11807 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
11808 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
11809 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
11810
11811 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
11812 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
11813 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
11814 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
11815 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
11816
11817 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
11818
11819 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
11820 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
11821 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
11822 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
11823 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
11824 modified configuration after editing.
11825
11826 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
11827 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
11828 system preset files.
11829
11830 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
11831 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
11832 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
11833 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
11834 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
11835 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
11836 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
11837 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
11838 other contexts.
11839
11840 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
11841 inhibitors.
11842
11843 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
11844 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
11845 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
11846 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
11847 managers.
11848
11849 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
11850 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
11851 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
11852 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
11853 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
11854 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
11855 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
11856 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
11857 parallel to journald.
11858
11859 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
11860 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
11861 available.
11862
11863 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
11864 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
11865 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
11866 or are not older than the specified time.
11867
11868 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
11869 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
11870 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
11871 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
11872
11873 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
11874 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
11875 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
11876 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
11877 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
11878 communication.
11879
11880 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
11881 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
11882 services.
11883
11884 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
11885 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
11886 including their signature and values. This is particularly
11887 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
11888 the new "busctl tree" command.
11889
11890 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
11891 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
11892 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
11893 friendly way.
11894
11895 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
11896 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
11897 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
11898 race-ful way.
11899
11900 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
11901 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
11902 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
11903 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
11904 --link-journal=try-guest.
11905
11906 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
11907 stable MAC addresses.
11908
11909 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
11910 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
11911 the respective unit shall use.
11912
11913 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
11914 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
11915 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
11916 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
11917
11918 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
11919 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
11920 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
11921 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
11922 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
11923 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
11924
11925 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
11926 details see:
11927
11928 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
11929
11930 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
11931 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
11932 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
11933 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
11934 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
11935 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
11936 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
11937 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
11938 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
11939 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
11940 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
11941 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
11942
11943 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
11944 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
11945 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
11946 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
11947 bluetooth, …) is used.
11948
11949 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
11950 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
11951 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
11952 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
11953 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
11954 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
11955 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
11956 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
11957
11958 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
11959 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
11960 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
11961 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
11962 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
11963 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
11964 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
11965 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
11966 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
11967 interface.
11968
11969 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
11970 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
11971 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
11972 luks.name= argument.
11973
11974 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
11975 (this was previously already available for scope and service
11976 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
11977 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
11978 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
11979 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
11980
11981 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
11982 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
11983 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
11984
11985 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
11986 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
11987 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
11988 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
11989 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
11990 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
11991 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
11992 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11993 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
11994 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
11995 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
11996 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
11997 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
11998 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
11999 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
12000 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12001 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
12002 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12003
12004 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
12005
12006 CHANGES WITH 217:
12007
12008 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
12009 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
12010 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
12011 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
12012
12013 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
12014 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
12015 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
12016 now waits until the operation is complete.
12017
12018 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
12019 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
12020 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
12021 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
12022 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
12023 connection.
12024
12025 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
12026 commands anymore.
12027
12028 * User units are now loaded also from
12029 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
12030 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
12031 supported, but is under the control of the user.
12032
12033 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
12034 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
12035 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
12036 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
12037 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
12038 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
12039 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
12040 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
12041 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
12042 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
12043 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
12044 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
12045 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
12046 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
12047 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
12048 question.
12049
12050 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
12051 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
12052 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
12053
12054 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
12055 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
12056 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
12057 command line to trigger resume.
12058
12059 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
12060 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
12061 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
12062 Desktop=systemd-console.
12063
12064 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
12065 systemd-networkd.
12066
12067 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
12068 from the information provided by the networking stack
12069 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
12070
12071 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
12072 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
12073
12074 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
12075 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
12076 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
12077
12078 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
12079
12080 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
12081 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
12082 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
12083 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
12084 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
12085 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
12086
12087 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
12088 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
12089 respected.
12090
12091 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
12092 virtualization.
12093
12094 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
12095 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
12096 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
12097 on.
12098
12099 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
12100
12101 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
12102
12103 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
12104 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
12105 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
12106 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
12107 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
12108 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
12109 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
12110
12111 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
12112 available for service units, that allows locking all service
12113 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
12114 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
12115 from the service's view entirely.
12116
12117 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
12118 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
12119
12120 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
12121 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
12122 session.
12123
12124 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
12125 legacy-free systems.
12126
12127 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
12128 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
12129 easily.
12130
12131 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
12132 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
12133 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
12134 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
12135 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
12136 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
12137 option.
12138
12139 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
12140 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
12141 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
12142 /usr.
12143
12144 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
12145 services, not only the main process.
12146
12147 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
12148 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
12149 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
12150 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
12151 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
12152
12153 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
12154 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
12155 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
12156 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
12157 directly from now on, again.
12158
12159 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
12160 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
12161 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
12162 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
12163 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
12164 enabling and disabling.
12165
12166 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
12167 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
12168 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
12169 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
12170 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
12171 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
12172 unnecessary or unlikely.
12173
12174 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
12175 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
12176 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
12177 "annually", "hourly", …).
12178
12179 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
12180 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
12181 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
12182 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
12183 overwritten at runtime.
12184
12185 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
12186 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
12187 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
12188 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
12189 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
12190 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
12191 segmentation fault.
12192
12193 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
12194 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
12195 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
12196 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
12197 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
12198 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
12199 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
12200 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
12201 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
12202 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12203 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
12204 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
12205 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
12206 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
12207 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
12208 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
12209 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
12210 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
12211 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12212 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12213 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
12214 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12215
12216 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
12217
12218 CHANGES WITH 216:
12219
12220 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
12221 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
12222 implementations should add a
12223
12224 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
12225
12226 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
12227 default functionality.
12228
12229 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
12230 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
12231 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
12232 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
12233 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
12234 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
12235 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
12236 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
12237 files might need to be owned by them. A new
12238 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
12239 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
12240 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
12241 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
12242
12243 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
12244 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
12245 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
12246 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
12247 added eventually, too.
12248
12249 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
12250 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
12251 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
12252 new command to update these fields.
12253
12254 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
12255 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
12256 have been discovered via DHCP.
12257
12258 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
12259 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
12260 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
12261 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
12262 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
12263 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
12264 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
12265 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
12266 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
12267 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
12268 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
12269 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
12270 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
12271 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
12272 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
12273 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
12274 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
12275 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
12276 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
12277 implementation to systemd-resolved.
12278
12279 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
12280 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
12281 containers to their respective IP addresses.
12282
12283 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
12284 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
12285 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
12286 and present it to the user in a very friendly
12287 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
12288 control utility for networkd.
12289
12290 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
12291 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
12292 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
12293 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
12294 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
12295 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
12296 (NoDelay=).
12297
12298 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
12299 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
12300
12301 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
12302 be started only after time-sync.target has been
12303 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
12304 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
12305 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
12306 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
12307
12308 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
12309 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
12310 of the link.
12311
12312 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
12313 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
12314
12315 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
12316 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
12317
12318 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
12319 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
12320 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
12321 for DHCP.
12322
12323 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
12324 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
12325 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
12326 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
12327 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
12328 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
12329 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
12330 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
12331
12332 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
12333 validation of unit files.
12334
12335 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
12336 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
12337 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
12338 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
12339 address may now be configured.
12340
12341 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
12342 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
12343 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
12344 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
12345
12346 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
12347 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
12348
12349 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
12350 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
12351 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
12352 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
12353
12354 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
12355 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
12356 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
12357 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
12358 implementation.
12359
12360 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
12361 journal data to a remote system running
12362 systemd-journal-remote.
12363
12364 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
12365 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
12366 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
12367 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
12368 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
12369 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
12370 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
12371 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
12372 version, you have to turn this option on again
12373 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
12374
12375 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
12376 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
12377 better than XZ which was the previous default.
12378
12379 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
12380 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
12381
12382 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
12383 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
12384
12385 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
12386 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
12387 "systemctl status" output for a service.
12388
12389 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
12390 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
12391 hostname, root password) interactively on first
12392 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
12393 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
12394
12395 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
12396
12397 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
12398
12399 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
12400 when primary addresses are removed.
12401
12402 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
12403 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
12404 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
12405 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
12406 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
12407 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
12408 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12409 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
12410 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
12411 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
12412 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
12413 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
12414 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
12415 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
12416 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12417
12418 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
12419
12420 CHANGES WITH 215:
12421
12422 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
12423 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
12424 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
12425 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
12426 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
12427 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
12428 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
12429 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
12430 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
12431 require.
12432
12433 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
12434 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
12435
12436 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
12437 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
12438 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
12439 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
12440 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
12441 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
12442 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
12443
12444 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
12445 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
12446 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
12447 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
12448 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
12449 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
12450 update or reset should use this condition and order
12451 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
12452 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
12453 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
12454 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
12455 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
12456 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
12457 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
12458 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
12459 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
12460
12461 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
12462
12463 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
12464 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
12465 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
12466 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
12467
12468 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
12469 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
12470 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
12471 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
12472 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
12473 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
12474 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
12475 .network files using settings of this section should be
12476 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
12477 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
12478
12479 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
12480 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
12481
12482 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
12483 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
12484 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
12485 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
12486 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
12487 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
12488 of nspawn instances.
12489
12490 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
12491 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
12492 added.
12493
12494 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
12495 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
12496 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
12497 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
12498 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
12499 configuration stored in /etc.
12500
12501 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
12502 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
12503 parsing of unknown mount options.
12504
12505 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
12506 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
12507 it already exist and not already be the correct
12508 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
12509 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
12510 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
12511 pre-existing files of different types.
12512
12513 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
12514 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
12515 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
12516 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
12517 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
12518 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
12519 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
12520
12521 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
12522 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
12523 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
12524 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
12525 shall be executed.
12526
12527 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
12528 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
12529 example whether it is fully up and running.
12530
12531 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
12532 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
12533 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
12534 reset.
12535
12536 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
12537 most basic services systemd ships by default.
12538
12539 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
12540 field for defining the default instance to create if a
12541 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
12542
12543 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
12544 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
12545 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
12546
12547 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
12548 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
12549 access to this group.
12550
12551 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
12552 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
12553 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
12554 to the journal.
12555
12556 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
12557 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
12558 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
12559 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
12560 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
12561 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
12562
12563 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
12564 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
12565 that makes sure to only show information about the most
12566 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
12567 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
12568 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
12569 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
12570 the old name to the new name.
12571
12572 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
12573 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
12574 coredumpctl without restrictions.
12575
12576 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
12577 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
12578 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
12579 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
12580 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
12581 "systemd-debug-generator".
12582
12583 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
12584 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
12585 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
12586 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
12587 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
12588 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
12589 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
12590 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
12591 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
12592 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
12593 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
12594
12595 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
12596 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
12597 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
12598 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
12599 been added to query many of these paths for the local
12600 machine and user.
12601
12602 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
12603 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
12604 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
12605 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
12606 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
12607
12608 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
12609 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
12610 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
12611 couple of drop-in directories.
12612
12613 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
12614 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
12615 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
12616 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
12617 for dev_port.
12618
12619 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
12620 container (read from /etc/os-release and
12621 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
12622 "machinectl status" for a machine.
12623
12624 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
12625 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
12626 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
12627 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
12628 Restart= setting.
12629
12630 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
12631 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
12632 directly connect to a specific container on the
12633 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
12634 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
12635 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
12636 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
12637 containers is a privileged operation.
12638
12639 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
12640 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
12641 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
12642 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
12643 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12644 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
12645 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
12646 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
12647 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
12648 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
12649 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
12650 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12651
12652 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
12653
12654 CHANGES WITH 214:
12655
12656 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
12657 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
12658 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
12659 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
12660 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
12661 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
12662 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
12663 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
12664 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
12665 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
12666 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
12667 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
12668 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
12669 devices are excluded from this logic.
12670
12671 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
12672 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
12673 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
12674 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
12675 change has been released.
12676
12677 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
12678 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
12679 libattr is thus unnecessary.
12680
12681 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
12682 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
12683 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
12684 with fewer privileges.
12685
12686 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
12687 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
12688 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
12689 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
12690
12691 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
12692 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
12693
12694 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
12695 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
12696
12697 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
12698 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
12699 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
12700
12701 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
12702 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
12703 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
12704 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
12705 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
12706 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
12707
12708 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
12709 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
12710 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
12711
12712 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
12713 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
12714 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
12715 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
12716 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
12717 modifications of user data or system files from
12718 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
12719 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
12720
12721 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
12722 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
12723 and FIFOs in the file system.
12724
12725 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
12726 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
12727 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
12728
12729 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
12730 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
12731 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
12732 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
12733 the socket itself.
12734
12735 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
12736 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
12737 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
12738 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
12739 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
12740 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
12741 symlinks, and nothing else.
12742
12743 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
12744 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
12745 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
12746 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
12747 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
12748 process (for example, the parent process). The
12749 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
12750 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
12751 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
12752 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
12753 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
12754 messages to services when the originating process already
12755 vanished.
12756
12757 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
12758 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
12759 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
12760 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
12761 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
12762 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
12763 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
12764 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
12765 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
12766 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
12767 all long-running services.
12768
12769 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
12770 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
12771 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
12772 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
12773 service.
12774
12775 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
12776 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
12777 applied to all submounts, too.
12778
12779 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
12780
12781 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
12782 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
12783 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
12784 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
12785 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
12786 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
12787 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
12788
12789 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
12790 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
12791 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
12792 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
12793 (domU) domains.
12794
12795 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
12796 files or entire directories.
12797
12798 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
12799 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
12800 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
12801 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
12802 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
12803
12804 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
12805 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
12806 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
12807 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
12808 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
12809 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
12810 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
12811 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
12812 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
12813 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
12814 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
12815 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
12816
12817 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
12818 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
12819 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
12820 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
12821
12822 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
12823 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
12824 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
12825 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
12826 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
12827 non-directories.
12828
12829 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
12830 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
12831 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
12832
12833 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
12834 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
12835 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
12836 this group.
12837
12838 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
12839 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
12840 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
12841 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
12842 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12843 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
12844 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12845
12846 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
12847
12848 CHANGES WITH 213:
12849
12850 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
12851 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
12852 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
12853 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
12854 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
12855 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
12856 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
12857 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
12858 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
12859 client should be more than appropriate for most
12860 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
12861 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
12862 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
12863 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
12864 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
12865 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
12866 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
12867 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
12868 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
12869 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
12870 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
12871
12872 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
12873 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
12874 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
12875 part of a different namespace.
12876
12877 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
12878 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
12879 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
12880 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
12881
12882 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
12883 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
12884 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
12885
12886 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
12887 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
12888 when a service fails. This works similarly to
12889 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
12890 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
12891 restart the service in question.
12892
12893 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
12894 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
12895 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
12896 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
12897 details when running non-locally.
12898
12899 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
12900 graphs it generates.
12901
12902 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
12903 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
12904 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
12905 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
12906 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
12907
12908 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
12909
12910 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
12911 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
12912 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
12913 what it was on SysV systems.
12914
12915 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
12916 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
12917
12918 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
12919 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
12920 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
12921
12922 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
12923 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
12924 to show these addresses in its output.
12925
12926 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
12927 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
12928 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
12929 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
12930 preferred over a text one.
12931
12932 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
12933 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
12934 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
12935 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
12936 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
12937 mDNS cache.
12938
12939 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
12940 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
12941 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
12942 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
12943 of network configuration performed in some other way.
12944
12945 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
12946 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
12947 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
12948 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
12949 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
12950
12951 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
12952 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
12953 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
12954 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
12955 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
12956 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
12957 overrides any other settings.
12958
12959 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
12960 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
12961 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
12962 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
12963 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
12964 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
12965 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
12966 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
12967 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12968 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
12969 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
12970 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
12971 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
12972 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
12973 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
12974 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
12975 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12976
12977 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
12978
12979 CHANGES WITH 212:
12980
12981 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
12982 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
12983 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
12984 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
12985 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
12986 by accident.
12987
12988 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
12989 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
12990 registered with machined.
12991
12992 * sd-login gained new calls
12993 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
12994 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
12995 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
12996 counterparts.
12997
12998 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
12999 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
13000 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
13001 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
13002 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
13003 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
13004 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
13005 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
13006 once.
13007
13008 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
13009 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
13010 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
13011
13012 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
13013 units on all local containers, when used with the
13014 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
13015 executed when no parameters are specified).
13016
13017 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
13018 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
13019 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
13020 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
13021
13022 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
13023 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
13024 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
13025 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
13026 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
13027 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
13028
13029 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
13030 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
13031 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
13032 of the container.
13033
13034 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
13035 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
13036 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
13037 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
13038 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
13039 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
13040 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
13041 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
13042
13043 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
13044 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
13045 instead of /.
13046
13047 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
13048 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
13049 emergency messages now.
13050
13051 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
13052 journal log messages across the network.
13053
13054 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
13055 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
13056 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
13057 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
13058 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
13059 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
13060 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
13061
13062 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
13063 down a local OS container.
13064
13065 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
13066 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
13067 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
13068
13069 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
13070 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
13071 this is appropriate.
13072
13073 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
13074 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
13075 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
13076
13077 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
13078 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
13079 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
13080 for debugging purposes.
13081
13082 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
13083 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
13084 in seconds.
13085
13086 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
13087 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
13088 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
13089 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
13090 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
13091 like on traditional inetd.
13092
13093 * A new system.conf configuration option
13094 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
13095 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
13096
13097 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
13098 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
13099 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
13100 do these days).
13101
13102 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
13103 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
13104 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
13105 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
13106 could not take place because the system was powered off.
13107 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
13108
13109 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
13110 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
13111 it will be triggered.
13112
13113 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
13114 addresses to its local interfaces.
13115
13116 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
13117 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
13118 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
13119 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
13120 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
13121 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
13122 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
13123 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
13124 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13125
13126 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
13127
13128 CHANGES WITH 211:
13129
13130 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
13131 added to restrict which socket address families unit
13132 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
13133 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
13134 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
13135 is built on seccomp system call filters.
13136
13137 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
13138 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
13139 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
13140 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
13141 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
13142 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
13143 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
13144 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
13145 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
13146
13147 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
13148 matching against device group names.
13149
13150 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
13151 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
13152 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
13153 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
13154 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
13155 though.
13156
13157 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
13158 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
13159 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
13160 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
13161 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13162 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
13163 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
13164 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
13165 systems prepared appropriately.
13166
13167 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
13168 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
13169 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13170 (see above). This means that installations made with
13171 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
13172 deployed using container managers, completely
13173 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
13174 this feature soon, too.)
13175
13176 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
13177 set up a private macvlan interface for the
13178 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
13179 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
13180
13181 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
13182 using IPv4LL.
13183
13184 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
13185 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
13186 systemd-networkd.
13187
13188 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
13189 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
13190 still not a public API though (unless you specify
13191 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
13192 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
13193
13194 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
13195 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
13196 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
13197 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
13198 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
13199 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
13200 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
13201 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
13202 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
13203 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
13204 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
13205 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
13206 users.
13207
13208 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
13209 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
13210 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
13211 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
13212 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
13213 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
13214 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
13215 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
13216 due to a closed lid.
13217
13218 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
13219 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
13220 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
13221 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
13222 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
13223 order to then act as suspend blocker.
13224
13225 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
13226 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
13227 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
13228 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
13229 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
13230
13231 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
13232 now also work in --scope mode.
13233
13234 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
13235 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
13236 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
13237 promises are made.)
13238
13239 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
13240 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
13241 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
13242 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
13243 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
13244 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
13245 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
13246 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
13247 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
13248 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13249
13250 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
13251
13252 CHANGES WITH 210:
13253
13254 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
13255 according to SMACK rules.
13256
13257 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
13258 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
13259
13260 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
13261 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
13262 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
13263
13264 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
13265 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
13266 and machine ID.
13267
13268 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
13269 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
13270 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
13271 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
13272 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
13273 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
13274 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
13275 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
13276 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
13277 backpack or similar.
13278
13279 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
13280 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
13281 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
13282 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
13283 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
13284 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
13285 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
13286 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
13287 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
13288 this on its own.
13289
13290 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
13291 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
13292 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
13293 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
13294
13295 * We will now ship a default .network file for
13296 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
13297 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
13298 --network-bridge= switches.
13299
13300 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
13301 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
13302 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
13303 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
13304 metrics, according to what is customary according to
13305 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
13306 each configuration option.
13307
13308 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
13309 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
13310 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
13311 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
13312 at once.
13313
13314 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
13315 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
13316 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
13317 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
13318 triggered by other work being done in the program.
13319
13320 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
13321 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
13322 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
13323 default however.
13324
13325 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
13326 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
13327 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
13328 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
13329 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
13330 them with systemd-networkd.
13331
13332 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
13333 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
13334 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
13335 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
13336 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
13337 is drastically increased, but given that these are
13338 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
13339 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
13340 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
13341 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
13342 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
13343 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
13344 during a transitional period!
13345
13346 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
13347 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
13348
13349 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
13350 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
13351 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
13352 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
13353 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
13354 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
13355 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
13356 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13357
13358 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
13359
13360 CHANGES WITH 209:
13361
13362 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
13363 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
13364 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
13365 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
13366 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
13367 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
13368 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
13369 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
13370 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
13371 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
13372 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
13373 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
13374
13375 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
13376 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
13377 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
13378 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
13379 machines and the like.
13380
13381 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
13382 shutdown/boot.
13383
13384 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
13385 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
13386
13387 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
13388 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
13389 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
13390 prepared for additional security frameworks.
13391
13392 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
13393 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
13394 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
13395 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
13396 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
13397 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
13398
13399 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
13400 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
13401 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
13402 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
13403 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
13404 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
13405 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
13406 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
13407 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
13408
13409 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
13410 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
13411
13412 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
13413 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
13414 implementation.
13415
13416 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
13417 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
13418 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
13419 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
13420 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
13421 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
13422 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
13423 and .service units.
13424
13425 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
13426 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
13427 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
13428
13429 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
13430 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
13431 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
13432 nothing makes use of it.
13433
13434 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
13435 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
13436 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
13437
13438 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
13439 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
13440 compatibility purposes.
13441
13442 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
13443 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
13444 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
13445 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
13446 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
13447 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
13448 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
13449 process handling.
13450
13451 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
13452 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
13453 style to "sd-bus.h".
13454
13455 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
13456 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
13457 "systemd-networkd".
13458
13459 * There is a new kernel command line option
13460 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
13461 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
13462 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
13463 are not restored.
13464
13465 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
13466 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
13467 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
13468 PID1's support for that anymore.
13469
13470 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
13471 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
13472
13473 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
13474 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
13475 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
13476 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
13477 container that is registered with machined, such as those
13478 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
13479
13480 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
13481 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
13482 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
13483 onto remote systems.
13484
13485 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
13486 login in any local container. This works with any container
13487 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
13488 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
13489
13490 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
13491 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
13492 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
13493 system of some kind.
13494
13495 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
13496 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
13497 next.
13498
13499 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
13500 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
13501 reboot() system call.
13502
13503 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
13504 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
13505 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
13506 still available but not advertised anymore.
13507
13508 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
13509 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
13510 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
13511 within each Unit.
13512
13513 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
13514 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
13515 the kernel).
13516
13517 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
13518 timestamps (following the setting in
13519 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
13520
13521 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
13522 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
13523
13524 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
13525 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
13526
13527 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
13528 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
13529 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
13530
13531 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
13532 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
13533 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
13534 the full configuration is shown.
13535
13536 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
13537 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
13538 those commands which take multiple unit names.
13539
13540 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
13541
13542 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
13543 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
13544
13545 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
13546 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
13547 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
13548 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
13549
13550 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
13551 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
13552 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
13553 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
13554
13555 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
13556 of the legend text.
13557
13558 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
13559 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
13560 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
13561 remote sessions.
13562
13563 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
13564 information of SDIO devices.
13565
13566 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
13567 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
13568 the system manager.
13569
13570 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
13571 short description of the connection parameters in the
13572 description.
13573
13574 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
13575 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
13576 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
13577 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
13578 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
13579 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
13580 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
13581
13582 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
13583 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
13584 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
13585 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
13586 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
13587 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
13588 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
13589 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
13590 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
13591
13592 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
13593 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
13594 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
13595 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
13596 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
13597 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
13598 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
13599 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
13600 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
13601 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
13602 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
13603 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
13604 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
13605 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
13606 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
13607 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
13608 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
13609 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
13610 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
13611 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
13612 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
13613 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
13614 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
13615
13616 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
13617 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
13618 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
13619 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
13620 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
13621 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
13622 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
13623 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
13624 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
13625 that you are aware of the instability of the current
13626 APIs.
13627
13628 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
13629 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
13630 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
13631 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
13632 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
13633 declare the APIs stable.
13634
13635 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
13636 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
13637 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
13638 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
13639 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
13640 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
13641 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
13642 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
13643 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
13644 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
13645 one of them is updated.
13646
13647 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
13648 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
13649 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
13650 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
13651 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
13652
13653 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
13654 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
13655 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
13656 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
13657 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
13658 entry points.
13659
13660 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
13661 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
13662 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
13663 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
13664 been disabled at compile-time.
13665
13666 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
13667 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
13668 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
13669 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
13670
13671 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
13672 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
13673 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
13674
13675 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
13676 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
13677 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
13678
13679 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
13680 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
13681 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
13682
13683 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
13684 remains until jobs expire.
13685
13686 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
13687 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
13688 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
13689 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
13690 all remaining processes of the service.
13691
13692 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
13693 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
13694 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
13695 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
13696 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
13697 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
13698 manager process which created them takes no further
13699 responsibilities for it.
13700
13701 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
13702 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
13703 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
13704 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
13705 marked executable or world-writable.
13706
13707 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
13708 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
13709 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
13710 "--setenv=" for consistency.
13711
13712 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
13713 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
13714 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
13715 independent of the host.
13716
13717 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
13718 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
13719 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
13720 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
13721
13722 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
13723 with specific SELinux labels set.
13724
13725 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
13726 any additional output but the container's own console
13727 output.
13728
13729 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
13730 container without PID namespacing enabled.
13731
13732 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
13733 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
13734 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
13735 OS images, but only specific apps.
13736
13737 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
13738 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
13739 results in registration of the unit service itself in
13740 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
13741
13742 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
13743 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
13744 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
13745 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
13746 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
13747 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
13748
13749 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
13750 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
13751 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
13752 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
13753 units to use.
13754
13755 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
13756 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
13757 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
13758 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
13759
13760 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
13761 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
13762 context for a service.
13763
13764 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
13765 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
13766 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
13767 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
13768 influence this logic.
13769
13770 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
13771 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
13772 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
13773 other things.
13774
13775 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
13776 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
13777 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
13778 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
13779 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
13780 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
13781 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
13782 architectures). There is also a global
13783 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
13784 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
13785
13786 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
13787 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
13788
13789 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
13790 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
13791 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
13792 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
13793 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
13794 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
13795 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
13796 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
13797 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
13798 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
13799 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
13800 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13801 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13802 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
13803 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13804 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
13805 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
13806 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
13807 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
13808 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
13809 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13810 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
13811 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
13812 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13813
13814 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
13815
13816 CHANGES WITH 208:
13817
13818 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
13819 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
13820 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
13821 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
13822 access input and drm devices which are normally
13823 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
13824 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
13825 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
13826 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
13827 session switching without allowing background sessions to
13828 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
13829 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
13830 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
13831
13832 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
13833 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
13834 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
13835
13836 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
13837 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
13838 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
13839 kernel version number.
13840
13841 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
13842 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
13843 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
13844
13845 * This release removes high-level support for the
13846 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
13847 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
13848 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
13849 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
13850
13851 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
13852 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
13853 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
13854 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
13855 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
13856 cgroup system.
13857
13858 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
13859 messages containing the slice a message was generated
13860 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
13861 logs among other things.
13862
13863 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
13864 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
13865 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
13866 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
13867 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
13868 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
13869 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
13870 journald which would be necessary to resolve
13871 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
13872 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
13873 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
13874 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
13875 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
13876 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
13877 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
13878 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
13879 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
13880 not delayed until next reboot.
13881
13882 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
13883 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
13884 systemd generated files in one directory.
13885
13886 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
13887 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
13888 performance information if that's available to determine how
13889 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
13890 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
13891 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
13892
13893 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
13894 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
13895 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
13896 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13897 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
13898 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
13899 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13900
13901 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
13902
13903 CHANGES WITH 207:
13904
13905 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
13906 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
13907 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
13908 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
13909
13910 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
13911 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
13912 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
13913 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
13914 specified on the kernel command line less important.
13915
13916 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
13917 retrieve the VT number of a session.
13918
13919 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
13920 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
13921 maximum number of tries.
13922
13923 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
13924 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
13925 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
13926
13927 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
13928 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
13929
13930 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
13931 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
13932 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
13933
13934 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
13935 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
13936 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
13937
13938 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
13939 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
13940 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
13941 and type).
13942
13943 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
13944 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
13945
13946 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
13947 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
13948 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
13949 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
13950
13951 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
13952 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
13953 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
13954 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
13955 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
13956 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
13957 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
13958 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
13959
13960 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
13961 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
13962 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
13963 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
13964
13965 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
13966 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
13967 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
13968 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
13969 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
13970 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
13971 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
13972
13973 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
13974 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
13975
13976 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
13977 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
13978 automatically after the process terminated.
13979
13980 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
13981 certain paths from operation.
13982
13983 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
13984 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
13985 is received.
13986
13987 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
13988 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
13989 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
13990 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
13991 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
13992 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
13993 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
13994 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
13995 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
13996 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
13997 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
13998 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
13999 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14000
14001 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
14002
14003 CHANGES WITH 206:
14004
14005 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
14006 concepts introduced with 205.
14007
14008 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
14009 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
14010 -r".
14011
14012 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
14013 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
14014 --state= parameter.
14015
14016 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
14017 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
14018 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
14019 the journal.
14020
14021 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
14022 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
14023 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
14024
14025 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
14026 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
14027 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
14028 browsing logs from that point on.
14029
14030 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
14031 of an FSS key.
14032
14033 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
14034 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
14035 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
14036 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
14037 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
14038 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
14039 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
14040 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
14041 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
14042 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
14043 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
14044 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
14045 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
14046 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
14047
14048 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
14049 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
14050 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
14051 backing module right-away.
14052
14053 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
14054 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
14055
14056 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
14057 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
14058
14059 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
14060 set of processes in the message metadata.
14061
14062 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
14063
14064 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
14065 support for passing performance data via environment
14066 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
14067 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
14068 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
14069 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
14070 deserialize it again.
14071
14072 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
14073 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
14074 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
14075 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
14076
14077 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
14078 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
14079 completely silent shutdown when used.
14080
14081 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
14082 option in .socket units.
14083
14084 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
14085 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
14086 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
14087 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
14088 system.slice as before.
14089
14090 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
14091
14092 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
14093 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
14094 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14095 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
14096 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
14097 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
14098 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14099
14100 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
14101
14102 CHANGES WITH 205:
14103
14104 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
14105
14106 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
14107 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
14108 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
14109 possible for system services and applications to group their
14110 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
14111 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
14112 together, or apply resource limits on them.
14113
14114 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
14115 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
14116 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
14117 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
14118 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
14119
14120 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
14121 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
14122 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
14123 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
14124
14125 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
14126 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
14127 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
14128 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
14129 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
14130 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
14131 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
14132 and useful as a general batch manager.
14133
14134 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
14135 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
14136 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
14137 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
14138 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
14139 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
14140 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
14141 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
14142 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
14143 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
14144
14145 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
14146 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
14147 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
14148 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
14149 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
14150 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
14151 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
14152 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
14153 is compile-time optional.
14154
14155 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
14156 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
14157 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
14158 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
14159 well as slice units.
14160
14161 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
14162 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
14163 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
14164 but will be extended later on to make more properties
14165 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
14166 command that wraps this call.
14167
14168 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
14169 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
14170 while configuring a number of settings via the command
14171 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
14172 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
14173 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
14174 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
14175
14176 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
14177 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
14178 off audit.
14179
14180 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
14181 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
14182
14183 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
14184 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
14185 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
14186 and system logs.
14187
14188 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
14189 snippets extending unit files.
14190
14191 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
14192 not available as public API.
14193
14194 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
14195 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
14196 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
14197
14198 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
14199 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
14200 controls what to boot into by default.
14201
14202 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
14203 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
14204
14205 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
14206 generators needed for execution, as well as information
14207 about the unit file loading.
14208
14209 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
14210 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
14211 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
14212 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
14213 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
14214 racy due to journal file rotation.
14215
14216 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
14217 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
14218 all services.
14219
14220 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
14221 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
14222 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
14223 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
14224 system services want to log events about specific client
14225 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
14226 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
14227 unit is requested.
14228
14229 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
14230 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
14231 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
14232 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
14233 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
14234 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14235 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
14236 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
14237 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
14238 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
14239 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
14240 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
14241 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
14242
14243 CHANGES WITH 204:
14244
14245 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
14246 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
14247
14248 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
14249 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
14250 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
14251
14252 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
14253 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14254
14255 CHANGES WITH 203:
14256
14257 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
14258 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
14259
14260 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
14261 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
14262 fields, including the root directory.
14263
14264 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
14265 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
14266 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
14267 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
14268 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
14269 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
14270 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
14271 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
14272 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
14273 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
14274 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
14275
14276 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
14277 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
14278
14279 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
14280 have taken an inhibitor lock.
14281
14282 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
14283 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
14284 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
14285 the local hostname.
14286
14287 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
14288 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
14289 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
14290 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
14291 VMs/containers coming and going.
14292
14293 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
14294 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
14295 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
14296
14297 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
14298 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
14299 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
14300 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
14301
14302 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
14303 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
14304 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
14305
14306 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
14307 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
14308 services. With the container's root directory in
14309 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
14310 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
14311
14312 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
14313 the processes within a certain container.
14314
14315 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
14316 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
14317 check though. Patches welcome!
14318
14319 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
14320 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
14321 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
14322 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
14323 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
14324
14325 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
14326 the passed argument if applicable.
14327
14328 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14329 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
14330 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
14331 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14332 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
14333 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
14334 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
14335 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14336
14337 CHANGES WITH 202:
14338
14339 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
14340 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
14341 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
14342 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
14343 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
14344 units activate.
14345
14346 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
14347 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
14348 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
14349 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
14350 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
14351 for now, and not installable.
14352
14353 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
14354 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
14355 can run in conjunction with udev.
14356
14357 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
14358 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
14359 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
14360 session manager.
14361
14362 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
14363 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
14364 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
14365 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
14366 services, user processes and containers/virtual
14367 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
14368 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
14369 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
14370 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
14371 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
14372 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
14373
14374 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
14375
14376 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
14377 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
14378 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
14379 logical expressions.
14380
14381 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
14382 switches.
14383
14384 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
14385 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
14386 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
14387 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
14388 the user.
14389
14390 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
14391 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
14392 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
14393 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
14394 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
14395 an entry.
14396
14397 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
14398 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14399 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
14400 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14401 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
14402 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14403
14404 CHANGES WITH 201:
14405
14406 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
14407 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
14408 directory.
14409
14410 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
14411 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
14412 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
14413 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
14414 problem.
14415
14416 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
14417 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
14418 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
14419 before the key file is attempted to be read.
14420
14421 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
14422 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
14423
14424 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
14425 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
14426 files in this context are files such as
14427 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
14428
14429 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
14430 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
14431 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
14432 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
14433 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
14434 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
14435
14436 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
14437 hostnames.
14438
14439 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
14440 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
14441 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
14442 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
14443 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
14444 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
14445 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
14446 all time-related output of systemd.
14447
14448 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
14449 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
14450 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
14451 loops.
14452
14453 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
14454 (models, layouts, variants, options).
14455
14456 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
14457 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
14458 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
14459 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
14460 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
14461
14462 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
14463 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
14464 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
14465 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
14466 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
14467 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
14468 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
14469
14470 CHANGES WITH 200:
14471
14472 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
14473 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
14474 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
14475 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
14476 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
14477 middle ground between physical and access time order.
14478
14479 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
14480 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
14481 images.
14482
14483 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
14484 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
14485 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14486
14487 CHANGES WITH 199:
14488
14489 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
14490
14491 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
14492 security policy.
14493
14494 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
14495 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
14496 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
14497 shared by all processes of a service (which means
14498 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
14499 the same service can still access). When a service is
14500 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
14501 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
14502 this though).
14503
14504 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
14505 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
14506 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
14507 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
14508 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
14509 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
14510
14511 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
14512 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
14513
14514 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
14515 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
14516
14517 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
14518
14519 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
14520 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
14521 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
14522 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
14523 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
14524
14525 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
14526 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
14527 system is to be mounted.
14528
14529 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
14530 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
14531 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
14532 purpose for socket units.
14533
14534 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
14535 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
14536
14537 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
14538 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
14539 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
14540 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
14541 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
14542
14543 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
14544 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
14545 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
14546 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14547 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
14548 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
14549 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
14550 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
14551 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14552
14553 CHANGES WITH 198:
14554
14555 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
14556 files without having to edit/override the unit files
14557 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
14558 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
14559 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
14560 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
14561 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
14562 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
14563 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
14564 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
14565 unit files locally: copying the files from
14566 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
14567 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
14568 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
14569 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
14570 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
14571 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
14572 for them too.
14573
14574 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
14575 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
14576 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
14577 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
14578 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
14579 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
14580 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
14581 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
14582 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
14583
14584 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
14585 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
14586
14587 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
14588 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
14589 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
14590 other users.
14591
14592 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
14593 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
14594 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
14595 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
14596 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
14597 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
14598 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
14599 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
14600 management logic is also available to other programs via the
14601 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
14602 supported.
14603
14604 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
14605 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
14606 the foreground VT.
14607
14608 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
14609 call.
14610
14611 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
14612 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
14613 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
14614 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
14615 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
14616 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
14617 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
14618 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
14619 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
14620 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
14621 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
14622 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
14623 also been removed.
14624
14625 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
14626 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
14627 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
14628 objects themselves.
14629
14630 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
14631
14632 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
14633 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
14634 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
14635 to how this is supported in shells.
14636
14637 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
14638 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
14639 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
14640 user systemd instance.
14641
14642 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
14643 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
14644 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
14645 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
14646 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
14647 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
14648 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
14649 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
14650 one day for good in the kernel.
14651
14652 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
14653 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
14654 container.
14655
14656 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
14657 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
14658 the host into the container.
14659
14660 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
14661 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
14662 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
14663 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
14664 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
14665 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
14666
14667 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
14668
14669 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
14670 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
14671 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
14672 configured to be mounted there.
14673
14674 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
14675 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
14676 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
14677 system resume events.
14678
14679 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
14680 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
14681 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
14682 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
14683
14684 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
14685 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
14686 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
14687 card).
14688
14689 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
14690 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
14691 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
14692
14693 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
14694 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
14695 later "change" event.
14696
14697 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
14698 now carry a message ID.
14699
14700 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
14701 continues to be work in progress.
14702
14703 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
14704 root directory to operate relative to.
14705
14706 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
14707 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
14708 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
14709 times a little.
14710
14711 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
14712 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
14713 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
14714 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
14715 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
14716 request boot into firmware operations.
14717
14718 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
14719 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
14720 correctly in initrds.
14721
14722 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
14723 compile time optional via a configure switch.
14724
14725 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
14726 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
14727
14728 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
14729 the status of all active or failed units.
14730
14731 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
14732 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
14733 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
14734 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
14735 requests more robust.
14736
14737 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
14738 reading journal files.
14739
14740 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
14741 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
14742
14743 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
14744
14745 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
14746 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
14747
14748 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
14749 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
14750 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
14751 socket activation in daemons.
14752
14753 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
14754 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
14755
14756 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
14757 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
14758 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
14759
14760 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
14761 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
14762 system units.
14763
14764 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
14765 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
14766 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
14767
14768 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
14769 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
14770 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
14771 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
14772 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
14773 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
14774 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
14775 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
14776 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
14777 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
14778 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
14779 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
14780 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
14781 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
14782 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
14783 package installation time.
14784
14785 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
14786 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
14787 scripts need to create these system user/group at
14788 installation time.
14789
14790 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
14791 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
14792
14793 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
14794
14795 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
14796 available.
14797
14798 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
14799 load SMACK policies at early boot.
14800
14801 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
14802 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
14803 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
14804 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
14805 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14806 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
14807 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
14808 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
14809 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
14810 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
14811 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
14812 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14813 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
14814 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
14815
14816 CHANGES WITH 197:
14817
14818 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
14819 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
14820 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
14821 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
14822 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
14823 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
14824 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
14825 the supported calendar time specification language see
14826 systemd.time(7).
14827
14828 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
14829 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
14830 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
14831 document for details:
14832
14833 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
14834
14835 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
14836 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
14837 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
14838 implementations around and minimal in its code and
14839 dependencies.
14840
14841 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
14842 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
14843 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
14844 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
14845 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
14846 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
14847 with a configure switch.
14848
14849 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
14850 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
14851 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
14852 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
14853 such as ext4.
14854
14855 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
14856 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
14857 identities are attached to the devices as well.
14858
14859 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
14860 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
14861
14862 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
14863 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
14864 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
14865 using only core OS tools.
14866
14867 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
14868 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
14869 implementation of socket activated nspawn
14870 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
14871 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
14872 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
14873 eventually.
14874
14875 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
14876 presenting log data.
14877
14878 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
14879 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
14880
14881 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
14882 system on idle.
14883
14884 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
14885 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
14886 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
14887 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
14888 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
14889 information if possible.
14890
14891 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
14892 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
14893 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
14894
14895 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
14896 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
14897 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
14898 is running on battery power.
14899
14900 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
14901 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
14902 is in the "failed" state.
14903
14904 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
14905 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
14906 environment files at once.
14907
14908 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
14909 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
14910 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
14911 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
14912 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
14913 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
14914 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
14915 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
14916 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
14917 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
14918 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
14919 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
14920 pieces of code locally from the git history.
14921
14922 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
14923 log the unit name in the message meta data.
14924
14925 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
14926 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
14927
14928 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
14929 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
14930 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
14931 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
14932 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
14933 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
14934 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
14935 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
14936 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
14937 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
14938 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
14939 shipped from us upstream.
14940
14941 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
14942 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
14943 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
14944 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
14945 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14946 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
14947 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
14948 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
14949 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
14950 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
14951 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
14952 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
14953 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14954
14955 CHANGES WITH 196:
14956
14957 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
14958 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
14959 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
14960 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
14961 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
14962 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
14963 becoming the one central database for non-essential
14964 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
14965 database was only attached to select devices, since the
14966 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
14967 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
14968 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
14969 data for all devices where this is available, by
14970 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
14971 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
14972 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
14973 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
14974 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
14975 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
14976
14977 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
14978 indexed database to link up additional information with
14979 journal entries. For further details please check:
14980
14981 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
14982
14983 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
14984 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
14985 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
14986 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
14987 macro for this purpose.
14988
14989 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
14990 Python logging framework.
14991
14992 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
14993 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
14994 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
14995 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
14996 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
14997 time intervals.
14998
14999 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
15000 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
15001 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
15002
15003 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
15004 right-away on the selected coredump.
15005
15006 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
15007 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
15008 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
15009
15010 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
15011 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
15012 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
15013 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
15014
15015 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
15016 default.
15017
15018 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
15019 SMACK security label.
15020
15021 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
15022 daylight saving change.
15023
15024 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
15025 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
15026 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
15027 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
15028 distributions who still need support this to either continue
15029 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
15030 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
15031
15032 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
15033 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
15034 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
15035 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
15036 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
15037 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
15038 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
15039
15040 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
15041 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
15042
15043 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
15044 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
15045 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
15046 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
15047 offline updating tools.
15048
15049 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
15050 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
15051 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
15052 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
15053 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
15054 directories for packages to place various data files in.
15055
15056 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
15057 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
15058
15059 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
15060 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15061 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
15062 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15063 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
15064 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
15065 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
15066 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
15067 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15068
15069 CHANGES WITH 195:
15070
15071 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
15072 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
15073 units via --unit=/-u.
15074
15075 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
15076 right thing.
15077
15078 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
15079 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
15080 rotation.
15081
15082 * The journal will now index the available field values for
15083 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
15084 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
15085 completion of journalctl has been updated
15086 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
15087 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
15088
15089 * More service events are now written as structured messages
15090 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
15091
15092 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
15093 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
15094 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
15095 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
15096 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
15097 these settings from the command line now, especially since
15098 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
15099 completion.
15100
15101 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
15102 extract coredumps from the journal.
15103
15104 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
15105 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
15106 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
15107 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
15108 scratch their heads.
15109
15110 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
15111 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
15112
15113 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
15114 in immediate termination of systemd.
15115
15116 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
15117 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
15118
15119 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
15120 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
15121 mouse screen support has been added.
15122
15123 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
15124 Server-Sent-Events as output.
15125
15126 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
15127 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
15128 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
15129 "systemctl reload".
15130
15131 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
15132 -u" instead.
15133
15134 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
15135 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
15136 configured.
15137
15138 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
15139 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
15140
15141 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
15142 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
15143 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
15144 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
15145 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
15146 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
15147 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
15148
15149 CHANGES WITH 194:
15150
15151 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
15152 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
15153 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
15154 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
15155 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
15156 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
15157 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
15158 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
15159 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
15160 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
15161 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
15162 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
15163
15164 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
15165 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
15166 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15167
15168 CHANGES WITH 193:
15169
15170 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
15171 starting from the specified location in the journal.
15172
15173 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
15174 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
15175 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
15176
15177 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
15178 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
15179 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
15180 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
15181 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
15182 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
15183 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
15184
15185 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
15186 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
15187
15188 This will download the journal contents in a
15189 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
15190
15191 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
15192
15193 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
15194 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
15195 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
15196 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
15197 screenshot of this app in its current state:
15198
15199 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
15200
15201 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
15202 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
15203
15204 CHANGES WITH 192:
15205
15206 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
15207 too.
15208
15209 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
15210 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
15211 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
15212 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
15213 just start them.
15214
15215 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
15216 and line break accordingly.
15217
15218 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15219 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
15220
15221 CHANGES WITH 191:
15222
15223 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
15224 container environment, copying the host's timezone
15225 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
15226 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
15227 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
15228
15229 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
15230 will default to 10 if omitted.
15231
15232 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
15233 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
15234 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
15235 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
15236 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
15237
15238 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
15239 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
15240 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
15241 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
15242 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
15243 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
15244 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
15245
15246 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
15247 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
15248 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
15249 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
15250 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
15251 into two.
15252
15253 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
15254 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
15255
15256 CHANGES WITH 190:
15257
15258 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
15259 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
15260 "systemctl status".
15261
15262 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
15263 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
15264 system to another place in the same file system could not be
15265 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
15266 field.)
15267
15268 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
15269 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
15270 default.
15271
15272 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
15273 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
15274 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
15275 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
15276 in a container.
15277
15278 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
15279 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
15280 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
15281 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
15282 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
15283 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
15284
15285 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
15286 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
15287 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
15288 no-op.
15289
15290 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
15291 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
15292 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
15293 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
15294 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
15295
15296 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
15297 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
15298
15299 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
15300 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
15301 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
15302 command.
15303
15304 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
15305 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
15306 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
15307
15308 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
15309
15310 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
15311 multiple files at once.
15312
15313 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
15314 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
15315 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
15316 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
15317 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
15318 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
15319 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
15320
15321 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
15322 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
15323 now support specifiers as well.
15324
15325 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
15326 dir: %_presetdir.
15327
15328 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
15329 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
15330
15331 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
15332 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
15333 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
15334 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
15335 anymore.
15336
15337 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
15338 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
15339 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
15340 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
15341
15342 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
15343 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
15344 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
15345
15346 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
15347 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
15348 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
15349 sockets.
15350
15351 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
15352 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
15353 is changed.
15354
15355 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
15356 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
15357 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
15358 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
15359 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
15360 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
15361 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
15362
15363 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
15364
15365 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
15366 the unit file label and client process label into account.
15367
15368 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
15369 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
15370
15371 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
15372 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
15373 (%b).
15374
15375 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
15376 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
15377 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15378 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15379 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
15380 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
15381 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15382
15383 CHANGES WITH 189:
15384
15385 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
15386 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
15387
15388 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
15389 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
15390 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
15391 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
15392 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
15393 syslog daemons again.
15394
15395 * The libudev API gained the new
15396 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
15397
15398 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
15399 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
15400 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
15401 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
15402
15403 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
15404 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
15405 container.
15406
15407 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
15408 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
15409 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
15410 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
15411 this explaining it in more detail.
15412
15413 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
15414 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
15415 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
15416 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
15417
15418 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
15419 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
15420 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
15421 journal files.
15422
15423 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
15424 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
15425 as container init process a lot more fun.
15426
15427 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
15428 entries.
15429
15430 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
15431 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
15432 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
15433 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
15434 different sets of services.
15435
15436 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
15437 failure state.
15438
15439 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
15440 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
15441 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15442
15443 CHANGES WITH 188:
15444
15445 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
15446 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
15447 tree a lot more organized.
15448
15449 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
15450 may be used to group services in a natural way.
15451
15452 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
15453 services.
15454
15455 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
15456 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
15457 filtering by log level now.
15458
15459 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
15460 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
15461 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
15462
15463 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
15464 command lines involving service unit names.
15465
15466 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
15467 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
15468
15469 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
15470 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
15471 and encodes structured information about the error number.
15472
15473 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
15474 option.
15475
15476 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
15477 a shutdown is cancelled.
15478
15479 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
15480 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
15481 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
15482 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
15483 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
15484
15485 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
15486 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
15487 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
15488 for display managers instead.
15489
15490 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
15491 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
15492 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
15493 protection, and suchlike.
15494
15495 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
15496 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
15497 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
15498 the service.
15499
15500 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
15501 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
15502 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
15503 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
15504 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
15505 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15506
15507 CHANGES WITH 187:
15508
15509 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
15510 pages.
15511
15512 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
15513 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
15514 data loss.
15515
15516 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
15517 option.
15518
15519 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
15520
15521 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
15522 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
15523
15524 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
15525 specific directory.
15526
15527 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
15528 messages of two different boots.
15529
15530 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
15531 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
15532 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
15533
15534 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
15535 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
15536 disjunctions.
15537
15538 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
15539 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
15540 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
15541
15542 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
15543 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
15544 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
15545
15546 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
15547 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
15548 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
15549 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
15550 speed things up a bit.
15551
15552 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
15553 header data of journal files.
15554
15555 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
15556 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
15557 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
15558
15559 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
15560 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
15561 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
15562 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
15563
15564 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
15565
15566 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
15567 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
15568 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
15569 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15570
15571 CHANGES WITH 186:
15572
15573 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
15574 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
15575 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
15576 prefixed with rd.
15577
15578 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
15579 automatically generated at boot. Use:
15580
15581 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
15582
15583 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
15584
15585 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
15586
15587 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
15588 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
15589 as well.
15590
15591 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
15592 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
15593 in all appropriate directories automatically.
15594
15595 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
15596 does the right thing. Example:
15597
15598 udevadm info /dev/sda
15599 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
15600
15601 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
15602 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
15603 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
15604 running.
15605
15606 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
15607 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
15608
15609 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
15610 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
15611
15612 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
15613 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
15614 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
15615 files.
15616
15617 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
15618 be stopped that is not loaded.
15619
15620 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
15621
15622 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
15623
15624 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
15625 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
15626 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
15627 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
15628
15629 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
15630 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
15631 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
15632 completed initialization.
15633
15634 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
15635
15636 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
15637 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
15638 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
15639 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
15640 distributions.
15641
15642 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
15643 always valid when services log to the journal via
15644 STDOUT/STDERR.
15645
15646 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
15647 command line options we understand.
15648
15649 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
15650 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
15651
15652 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
15653 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
15654
15655 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
15656 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
15657 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
15658 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
15659
15660 systemctl status /home
15661 systemctl status /dev/sda
15662
15663 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
15664 system.conf parsing.
15665
15666 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
15667 Manager object.
15668
15669 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
15670
15671 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
15672
15673 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
15674 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
15675 complete.
15676
15677 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
15678 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
15679 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
15680 systemd-fsck@.service.
15681
15682 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
15683 Manager object.
15684
15685 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
15686 work sensibly.
15687
15688 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
15689 we actually understand.
15690
15691 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
15692 additional capabilities to the container.
15693
15694 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
15695 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
15696 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
15697
15698 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
15699 the current boot only.
15700
15701 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
15702 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
15703
15704 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
15705 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
15706 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
15707 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
15708 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
15709
15710 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
15711
15712 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
15713 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15714 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
15715 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
15716
15717 CHANGES WITH 185:
15718
15719 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
15720 available.
15721
15722 * Several new man pages have been added.
15723
15724 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
15725 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
15726 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
15727 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
15728
15729 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
15730 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
15731
15732 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
15733 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
15734 Matthias Clasen
15735
15736 CHANGES WITH 184:
15737
15738 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
15739 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
15740
15741 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
15742 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
15743 daemon.
15744
15745 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
15746 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
15747
15748 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
15749 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
15750 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
15751 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
15752
15753 CHANGES WITH 183:
15754
15755 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
15756 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
15757 and systemd's most recent version number.
15758
15759 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
15760 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
15761 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
15762 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
15763 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
15764 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
15765
15766 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
15767 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
15768 subsystems.
15769
15770 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
15771 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
15772 used to subscribe to events.
15773
15774 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
15775 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
15776 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
15777 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
15778 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
15779 forked by udev rules.
15780
15781 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
15782 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
15783 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
15784 it.
15785
15786 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
15787 udev_monitor_from_socket()
15788 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
15789 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
15790 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
15791
15792 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
15793 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
15794
15795 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
15796 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
15797 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
15798 the files to the new names on upgrade.
15799
15800 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
15801 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
15802 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
15803 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
15804 to be used as drop-in files.
15805
15806 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
15807 particular suspending and hibernating.
15808
15809 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
15810 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
15811 about this in more detail.
15812
15813 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
15814 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
15815 places). Distributions which have not converted these
15816 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
15817 from git history and add them downstream.
15818
15819 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
15820 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
15821 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
15822 units.
15823
15824 * All smaller setup units (such as
15825 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
15826 are run in a container and are skipped when
15827 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
15828 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
15829
15830 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
15831 integrated, for details see:
15832 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
15833
15834 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
15835 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
15836 messages.
15837
15838 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
15839 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
15840 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
15841 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
15842 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
15843
15844 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
15845 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
15846 for all units started by PID 1.
15847
15848 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
15849 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
15850 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
15851
15852 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
15853 of PID 1 anymore.
15854
15855 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
15856 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
15857 have not been read by systemd yet.
15858
15859 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
15860 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
15861 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
15862 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
15863 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
15864 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
15865
15866 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
15867 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
15868
15869 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
15870
15871 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
15872 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
15873 so sexy.
15874
15875 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
15876 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
15877 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
15878 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
15879 patterns.
15880
15881 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
15882 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
15883 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
15884 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
15885
15886 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
15887 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
15888
15889 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
15890 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
15891 in systemd now.
15892
15893 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
15894 ID on the command line.
15895
15896 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
15897 for an init system.
15898
15899 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
15900 vt100.
15901
15902 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
15903
15904 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
15905 components now have directories of their own.
15906
15907 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
15908
15909 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
15910 container in other hierarchies.
15911
15912 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
15913 system.conf.
15914
15915 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
15916
15917 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
15918 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
15919
15920 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
15921 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
15922
15923 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
15924 locally generated journal files.
15925
15926 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
15927
15928 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
15929
15930 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
15931 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
15932 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
15933 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
15934 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
15935 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
15936 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
15937 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
15938 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15939 Gundersen
15940
15941 CHANGES WITH 44:
15942
15943 * This is mostly a bugfix release
15944
15945 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
15946 KVM or container configured UUID.
15947
15948 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
15949
15950 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
15951
15952 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
15953 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
15954
15955 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
15956
15957 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
15958 folks
15959
15960 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
15961 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
15962 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
15963
15964 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
15965 configuration
15966
15967 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
15968 free fashion
15969
15970 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
15971 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
15972 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
15973 automatically generated data.
15974
15975 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
15976 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
15977 however.
15978
15979 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
15980 tarball.
15981
15982 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
15983 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
15984 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
15985 Reding
15986
15987 CHANGES WITH 43:
15988
15989 * This is mostly a bugfix release
15990
15991 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
15992
15993 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
15994
15995 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
15996 normal user logins.
15997
15998 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
15999 Biebl
16000
16001 CHANGES WITH 42:
16002
16003 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
16004
16005 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
16006 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
16007 xsltproc.
16008
16009 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
16010 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
16011 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
16012
16013 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
16014 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
16015 reboot can automatically be triggered.
16016
16017 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
16018
16019 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
16020 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16021 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
16022
16023 CHANGES WITH 41:
16024
16025 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
16026 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
16027 package update.
16028
16029 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
16030 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
16031 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
16032
16033 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
16034 complete.
16035
16036 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
16037 understood to set system wide environment variables
16038 dynamically at boot.
16039
16040 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
16041
16042 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
16043 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
16044 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
16045 files.
16046
16047 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16048 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
16049 William Douglas
16050
16051 CHANGES WITH 40:
16052
16053 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16054
16055 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
16056 "Result" D-Bus property.
16057
16058 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
16059 the next few releases.)
16060
16061 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
16062 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
16063 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
16064 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
16065
16066 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
16067 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
16068 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
16069
16070 CHANGES WITH 39:
16071
16072 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16073 bugfixes.
16074
16075 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
16076 resource usage.
16077
16078 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
16079 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
16080 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
16081 journals by the respective users.
16082
16083 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
16084 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
16085 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
16086
16087 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
16088 client for all entries.
16089
16090 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
16091
16092 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
16093 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
16094
16095 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
16096 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
16097 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
16098 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
16099
16100 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
16101 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
16102 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
16103
16104 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
16105 journal along with meta data.
16106
16107 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
16108 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
16109 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
16110
16111 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
16112 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
16113 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
16114
16115 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
16116
16117 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
16118 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
16119 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
16120 or fsck.
16121
16122 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
16123 requested with new -k switch.
16124
16125 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16126 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
16127
16128 CHANGES WITH 38:
16129
16130 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16131 bugfixes.
16132
16133 * The git repository moved to:
16134 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
16135 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
16136
16137 * First release with the journal
16138 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
16139
16140 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
16141 systemd-stdout-bridge.
16142
16143 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
16144
16145 * Many systemadm clean-ups
16146
16147 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
16148 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
16149 remote mounts.
16150
16151 * Added Mageia support
16152
16153 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
16154
16155 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
16156 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
16157 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
16158 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
16159 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
16160
16161 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
16162 of existing distributions.
16163
16164 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
16165 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
16166
16167 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
16168 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
16169 boot.
16170
16171 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
16172
16173 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
16174 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
16175 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
16176 among other things.
16177
16178 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
16179 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
16180
16181 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
16182
16183 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
16184 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
16185 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
16186
16187 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
16188 restored.
16189
16190 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
16191 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
16192 kmod
16193
16194 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
16195 of /usr/local by default.
16196
16197 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
16198 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
16199 in:
16200 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
16201
16202 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
16203 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
16204 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
16205 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
16206 supported anyway, and bad style).
16207
16208 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
16209 reloading of units together.
16210
16211 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
16212 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
16213 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
16214 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
16215 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek